HF Holidays 2025 Walking and Activity Holidays Brochure

Discover the great outdoors Walking and activity holidays in the UK, Europe, and worldwide

2025

Welcome to HF Holidays

Trails of Medieval Umbria Turn to page 113

2

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

99 139

45

Dear Reader, As Britain’s only walking holiday co-operative, we believe walking together can be a unifying force in an increasingly divided world.

Our founding principles are as valid today as they were in 1913. But now, it’s more important than ever to break down barriers by bringing like-minded people together in the great outdoors.

We’re proud to present our 2025 brochure, a true celebration of the co-operative spirit that has guided us for over 110 years.

146 Contents 4

Why choose HF Holidays?

6

A co-operative on a mission

8

People-powered holidays

10

Building our tomorrow, together

12

What’s new

This year’s new holidays capture the essence of each destination. Enjoy wildlife encounters and cultural experiences in the African kingdom of Eswatini, explore the rugged beauty of the Scottish Isle of Arran on foot, or Discover More with our new small-group tours that reveal the UK’s best-kept secrets.

14

Bringing like-minded people together

16

Choose your destination

18

Pick a holiday style to suit you

20

Our walking grades explained

We continue to take much pride in our new B Corp Certification which strengthens our commitment to positively impact communities, people, and the planet in the places we travel to. It also helps inspire the next generation to discover the joys of walking with us.

22

UK holidays

24

Our country houses

58

Challenge holidays

60

Discovery Tours

62

Discover More Tours

64

Special interest holidays & activity breaks

68

Step into the festive season

70

Walking together

72

Hand-picked partner hotels

92

European holidays

132

Worldwide holidays

Whether it’s in the UK, Europe, or the other side of the globe, joining a holiday with us means becoming part of a community with a shared passion for travel, discovery, and of course, walking.

While nothing stands still, one thing will always remain true; by walking together, we can go further.

We hope you find inspiration in these pages.

Best wishes,

David Harrington CEO of HF Holidays

164

Booking terms and conditions

167

Become a member

Front cover image: Snowdonia (Eryri) Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

3

Why walk with HF Holidays?

Trusted heritage: Walk with confidence With over 110 years of experience in designing walking holidays around the globe, we offer you the peace of mind that comes from travelling with people you can trust. Explore the world with confidence knowing that we’re with you every step of the way.

Experienced leaders: Your guides to adventure Meet like-minded people: Share the joy of discovery Our holidays are all about connecting like-minded people through memorable moments and shared experiences. Whether you’re travelling solo or with companions, you’ll have the chance to form meaningful friendships with others who have a love for the great outdoors.

4

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Our trained and experienced HF Holidays Leaders are at the heart of everything we do. As volunteers, they generously share their time, knowledge, and skills, purely out of a passion for bringing people together to explore coast and countryside landscapes on foot.

A world of choice: Find your perfect pace With over 260 carefully-curated walking holidays across 40 countries and six continents, we offer adventures to suit every preference and ability level.

From guided group walks to self-guided explorations, everything is taken care of so you can confidently enjoy your walking holiday.

Comfort in nature: Unwind in stunning countryside locations We proudly own 15 characterful country houses nestled in the heart of the UK’s most cherished national parks and National Landscapes. After a day of exploring, you can relax knowing our dedicated house teams will take care of everything you need. Enjoy delicious meals, cosy guest rooms, and beautiful surroundings, with the warmth and welcome of our team - a true home away from home.

Inclusive community: Be part of something special Join our ever-growing community of over 48,000 members who share a love for fresh air, friendship, and the great outdoors. As a co-operative, we put our loyal members at the heart of everything we do. We love listening to feedback and use it to enhance every holiday experience.

Turn to page 8 for more details

Responsible travel: Journey with purpose As a B Corp Certified business, it is our long-term commitment to operate ethically and sustainably. By choosing HF Holidays you’re supporting sustainable travel and community-focused initiatives.

Feel good knowing your journey benefits both people and the planet.

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

5

A Reputation for Excellence With over 40,000 five-star reviews on Feefo, the world’s largest verified buyer reviews platform, it puts a skip in our step knowing that we’re making memorable moments for our guests each and every day.

6

5 based on i n dep en den t C u s t o m er Feedback

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Our mission is to provide shared holiday experiences that inspire friendship, fun and an active enjoyment of the great outdoors.

HF Holidays is proud to be a co-operative organisation committed to making the great outdoors accessible to all. Driven by a passion for the countryside and a desire to share its wonders with everyone, we believe in the benefits of walking together to boost both mental and physical health, fostering friendships, and creating a strong sense of community.

It takes every single one of our 48,000 loyal members, 500-strong team of employees, and 650 volunteer leaders to make our holidays happen. Fuelled by an unwavering commitment to our mission statement, we work together to help over 55,000 guests enjoy fulfilling walking breaks and activity holidays every year.

The HF Holidays story began with one man. In the late 19th century, country pastor turned social innovator Thomas Arthur Leonard OBE, sought to improve the lives of factory workers by offering walking holidays as an alternative to the annual trend of spending a week at the seaside. He founded the Co-operative Holiday Association in 1893 before establishing the Holiday Fellowship (HF Holidays) in 1913. On his memorial plaque on Cat Bells in the Lake District, he’s hailed as the “Father of the Open-Air Movement in this Country”.

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

7

People-powered holidays At HF Holidays, we believe that the true spirit of adventure lies in sharing it with others. Whether we’re out walking, volunteering in local communities, or simply swapping stories around the dinner table, incredible things can happen when like-minded people meet. Our guests, members, and volunteer leaders all play a vital role in creating unforgettable experiences that resonate long after the journey ends.

Making a bigger difference as a co-operative As a co-operative, we are guided by our members. Their voice benefits every guest, whether they are a member or not.

Our ethos means that all surplus is reinvested in the business, especially our 15 characterful country houses. We listen to all opinions, integrating these into our activities as we continue providing enriching holidays that connect people with a love of the great outdoors.

When you become a member, you’ll be rewarded with exclusive benefits; from helping to decide the way things are done to enjoying a wealth of special offers and discounts.

To find out more and save £30 on every holiday visit hfholidays.co.uk/membership.

8

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Things are better when they are done together Our 500-strong team live and breathe the values that have guided us since 1913. From helping preserve and restore natural landscapes to supporting community projects, our achievements are testament to what can be accomplished when people come together with a common purpose. Here’s what some of our HF Holidays community have to say:

Team charity fundraising walk

Chris HF Holidays Leader, member and archive volunteer “HF Holidays is more than just another travel company. It is a society – inclusive and welcoming. On the holidays, it’s the experiences that we share that matter. And members and guests identify with each other and with HF. It’s not simply a transactional relationship, there is a sense of belonging: HF belongs to its members, and members belong to the HF family.”

Investment Members break

Helen HF Holidays President “After my first HF Holidays break, I felt like I had discovered a glorious secret and boasted of it to my elderly auntie, Stella. She burst out laughing and told me that she had been a member of HF Holidays for over 50 years! I love the landscapes the UK has to offer and as President of HF Holidays, I celebrate the variety of stunning coast and countryside experiences we offer every day.”

Rachel HF Holidays Team

Alltshellach Team

“I’m proud to work for a much loved British heritage brand.

Our mission is as relevant as ever, inspiring my own family to walk and connect more in the great outdoors. For me, the conversations had along the way have been just as rewarding and memorable as the landscapes we’ve explored together. It feels good to know that the work we’re doing is making a real difference now, and for generations to come.”

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

9

Building our tomorrow, together Sustainable travel has always been a part of our DNA. Walking holidays are, by their very nature, a low carbon choice. We’ve worked hard to build strong partnerships and develop group initiatives that provide a brighter future for all.

Here are just a few of the fantastic projects and community initiatives we’re part of Our Pathways Fund

Roseberry Topping & The National Trust

From providing holidays for families who couldn’t otherwise afford one to protecting and preserving popular footpaths, our Pathways Fund makes a real difference – one that extends beyond the trails and into people’s everyday lives.

HF Holidays is donating £30,000 to restore pathways at Roseberry Topping, an iconic North Yorkshire landmark.

Partnering with the National Trust, our donation funds essential repairs to improve access for walkers, horse riders, and cyclists.

Pathway restoration

Photo credit: Adam Raja

10

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Roseberry Topping

Proudly B Corp certified We’re proud to be a certified B Corporation, joining just 4% of UK travel and hospitality companies committed to ensuring their business practices are a force for good. To help you make more informed choices we now label all our holidays online with a carbon emissions rating. We also promote lowcarbon travel options, including rail holidays and shared transfers. The environment needs urgent action, that’s why our ambition is to be net zero by 2040, earlier if we can.

Investment, renovation & conservation of our estate

Longmynd Country House dining room

Broadening our reach: The Summit 2024 Dedicated to making the countryside more inclusive for all, we’re proud to have hosted The Summit for the fourth year. This annual event encourages diverse communities to engage with nature and share ideas in the great outdoors.

As a future-focused business, we continually invest in conserving and improving our 15 country houses across the UK. Each house is unique and requires tailored care, fundamental for preservation and energy efficiency. We are using renewable energy at our offices and across our country houses, and EV charging points are available at all properties with car parks. To date, these improvements have helped us save 113,000kg of CO2e each year.

Fences & Frontiers We’re excited to continue our partnership with Fences & Frontiers, a charity dedicated to making the UK a welcoming place for refugees and asylum seekers. This year, we hosted two assisted holidays introducing our guests to the stunning South Downs and Peak District.

The Summit, in partnership with All The Elements, The Outsiders Project and Patagonia.

Photo credit: Leslie Latchman

We’re proud to partner with Traveleyes, the unique tour operator that champions inclusivity and challenges preconceptions by designing multi-sensory group holidays for vision impaired and fully sighted travellers to enjoy together.

Sighted travellers are partnered with a different vision impaired traveller each day, and in return for guiding and describing the sights, they get to travel for a reduction in price. We’re excited to offer 30 brand-new trips for 2025, including Cyprus, Istanbul, Costa Rica and Eswatini.

Traveleyes Founder, Amar Latif OBE, said: “I’m delighted we’re opening up more of the world to all our customers and helping them create more shared memories whilst enjoying the HF Holidays ethos of fun, friendship and fresh air.”

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

11

What’s new for 2025 “The Product team is paying tribute to our CEO, David Harrington, as he nears retirement. To celebrate his career, we’ve brought back the Savoie Alps, a holiday from our 1984 brochure, the year David joined.

We’ve also revived favourites like Snowdonia, Arran, and Dorset, introduced new Balkan destinations, two Africa itineraries, and a UK Discover More collection.”

Rob HF Holidays Product General Manager

Wendy HF Holidays Senior Product Manager UK

Sharon HF Holidays Senior Product Manager Europe

Hannah HF Holidays Senior Product Manager Worldwide

“We’re excited to revive some old favourites this year. We’re returning to Northern Snowdonia, staying at the Gwydyr Hotel in Betws-y-Coed.

We’re also heading back to Dorset and the Isle of Arran for guided walking trips, offering a new Skyline programme for those who like a challenge, and introducing exciting new small group Discover More tours to get even closer to your holiday destination.”

“Some familiar faces return to our European walking holidays this year, often with a fresh twist. Visit the French Alps by air or rail, explore Croatia’s Istrian Peninsula, or the Amalfi Coast and the Isle of Capri.

Brand-new destinations for 2025 include Transylvania, Montenegro, and Albania, adding some intriguing new options to our already extensive range.”

“It’s been a whirlwind year for the Worldwide Team. Our new 2025 trip to Eswatini is almost full already, so be sure to book early for 2026.

We’ve brought back both South Africa and the American Rockies with new and improved itineraries, while our freshly designed Maritime Canada trip offers incredible coastal walking and unforgettable experiences.”

NEW Isle of Arran Guided Walking Turn to page 90

12

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

NEW Northern Snowdonia Guided Walking Turn to page 82

NEW Adventures in Albania & Lake Ohrid Turn to page 119

NEW South Downs Discover More Tour Turn to page 63

NEW Wildlife Walks of Eswatini (Swaziland) Turn to page 150

NEW Maritime Canada: Nova Scotia to Prince Edward Island Turn to page 137

NEW Tales & Trails of Transylvania Turn to page 118

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

13

Bringing like-minded people together Sociability and shared experiences are a big focus on our holidays. We welcome groups of all shapes and sizes - couples, families, friends, clubs, colleagues, or solo travellers. Whether you want to be guided by our experienced leaders or walk independently at your own pace, we’re big on choice to help shape a holiday that’s right for you.

Travel together, holiday differently Even if you have different interests to your travel companion(s), you can each pursue a separate holiday style whilst staying at the same country house. For example, you can head out on guided walks while your friend or partner enjoys relaxing and making the most of the facilities.

“A choice of three walks a day and the good company always experienced on HF Holidays make them an easy choice whether travelling alone or with friends.”

HF Holidays Guest

Travelling by yourself?

Whilst travelling solo can be daunting, many of our guests choose to holiday by themselves. At HF Holidays, going away on your own does not mean being alone. Through a shared passion for the outdoors, we all walk together as one.

Single rooms With no hidden single supplement to pay on single rooms at our country houses, we offer a fabulous selection of great value getaways for solo travellers. We also have a limited number of single rooms available at our partner hotels for a supplement.

14

Reassurance for solo travellers

Shared dining tables and socialising

Our UK guided walking holidays offer a choice of up to three walks a day with our experienced HF Holidays Leaders. With no need to navigate, you can simply savour the joy of the journey and focus on getting to know your group.

Whether you’re staying at our country houses or one of our partner hotels, you can expect shared dining tables to help spark conversation and evening activities on selected stays (subject to destination and itinerary).

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

3 ways to choose your holiday With so many choices, we know finding the perfect holiday can feel overwhelming, especially if you’re new to HF Holidays. That’s why we’ve introduced a simple 1, 2, 3 system to help you choose your ideal walking adventure.

1 2

Choose your destination United Kingdom | Ireland | Channel Islands | Mainland Europe | Africa Asia | The Americas | Australasia

We offer over 260 guided and self-guided walking holidays, tours, and sightseeing trips around the world. From UK coast and countryside escapes and extended European adventures, to once-in-a-lifetime trips around the world, we have something to satisfy every wish.

Pick a holiday style Guided walking holidays | Self-guided walking holidays Special interest holidays | Discovery tours

3

We have a range of different holiday styles to suit every interest and ability, from challenges on foot, adventures by coach and rail, to actively pursuing a new hobby.

Select a walking grade 1-6

Whether you’re new to walking or a seasoned trailblazer, we have options to suit all levels of experience and fitness. Our holidays are graded on a scale of 1 to 6, with 1 being the gentlest and 6 the most challenging. Each holiday description includes a walking grade, making it easy for you to select the perfect adventure.

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

15

1

Choose your destination We offer over 260 guided and self-guided walking holidays, tours, and sightseeing trips around the world. From UK coast and countryside escapes and extended European adventures, to once-in-a-lifetime trips around the world, we have something to satisfy every wish. Whether close to home or on the other side of the globe, we’re here to take you there.

Worldwide turn to page 92 The Americas

Canada | USA | Cuba | Costa Rica | Ecuador & Galapagos Peru | Chile & Easter Island

Africa & The Middle East Morocco | Cape Verde | South Africa | Eswatini | Namibia Jordan | Oman

Asia & Australasia Kazakhstan & Kyrgyzstan | Georgia | Nepal | Bhutan | India | Thailand Vietnam | Laos & Cambodia | Japan | New Zealand

16

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Scotland

UK turn to page 22 Scotland | England | Wales Northern Ireland | Channel Islands | Isle of Man

England Wales

Europe turn to page 132 Ireland | Belgium | France | Spain | Andorra | Portugal Maltese Islands | Cyprus | Italy | Greece | Romania Montenegro | Albania | Croatia | Slovenia | Austria Switzerland | Germany | Poland | Norway Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

17

2

Pick a holiday style to suit you We have a range of different holiday styles to suit every interest and ability. From active, outdoor walking experiences and sightseeing tours, to relaxing breaks that spark curiosity for new hobbies and interests.

Guided walking holidays Our most popular style is a guided walking holiday. In the UK, you’ll often have a choice of three different grade daily walks, all guided by our experienced HF Holidays Leaders. Our overseas holidays combine one or two walking options per day with sightseeing experiences, all guided by a knowledgeable local leader.

We know everyone is different, so to help tailor your experience, we offer a range of variations on this classic guided holiday style including:

Gentle guided walking

Challenge holidays

If you’re new to walking or simply prefer to take things slowly, these walks minimise gradients and rough ground – but without compromising sights or scenery. Best of all, you can still choose from three different walks per day.

Take on an exhilarating walking challenge with the help of our experienced HF Holidays Leaders and tick-off some of the UK’s highest mountains and wildest landscapes.

Tread-lightly guided walking

Island hopping

Offering a choice of three walks per day that begin and end on the doorstep of our country houses, these holidays are kinder to the environment as they remove the need for coach travel.

Circumnavigate stunning shores and uncover standout sights on foot as you explore a single island or hop between several led by our HF Holidays Leaders.

Walking with sightseeing Enjoy the perfect combination of easier guided walks and sightseeing that introduce you to the very heart of your destination. Our itineraries balance big-name sights with shorter walks and experiences that help you uncover history, heritage, landmarks, wildlife and more.

Guided trails Walk some of the world’s most iconic trails and some we’ve crafted especially for you. We’ll take care of all the planning and any luggage transfers needed so you can just focus on the joy of the journey.

18

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Rail adventures Our rail holidays make the journey as much a part of the adventure as the destination. Departing from London St Pancras, we’ll hop across the English Channel

by Eurostar and then onward to some of Europe’s finest countries to explore fabulous landscapes and sights.

Family walking adventures We’ve got walks for little legs, trails for older children, and hikes that’ll keep the whole clan happy – with experienced leaders who know a place best or on your own. Departing during the school holidays, these breaks help kick-start a healthy passion for walking early on in life.

Self-guided walking holidays For complete freedom and flexibility in the UK, our self-guided holidays are the perfect pick. Use the dedicated Discovery Points at our country houses and choose from a range of easy-to-follow routes that you can walk at your own pace.

With step-by-step instructions to keep you on the right track, you can feel confident exploring the great outdoors on your own.

Discovery Tours Our discovery tours visit some of the best attractions and experiences a destination has to offer. During full days of guided sightseeing in a comfortable coach, these breaks are less about walking and more about exploring.

Turn to page 60 for details.

Chatsworth House, Peak District

Glenfinnan viaduct, Scottish Highlands

NEW Discover More Tours New for 2025, our Discover More collection offers hand-crafted small-group tours that reveal the UK’s off-the-beaten track places and provide unique experiences not possible as part of a larger party.

Turn to page 62 for details.

Special interest holidays Combining stunning locations with something you’re passionate about, these holidays will help you embrace new hobbies, learn new skills, or improve on existing ones. Whether it’s painting, music, yoga, reading, cookery, or bridge that appeals, our expert tutors cater for all experience levels.

Turn to page 64 for details.

Bignor Villa, South Downs

Beaver, Exmoor

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

19

3

Our walking grades explained Whether you’re a newcomer or keen walker, we offer walks to suit all paces and experience levels. For the majority of our holidays we not only offer a wide range of walks but a daily choice, too. The number of walking grade icons displayed for each holiday indicates how many walks you can choose from each walking day.

Choose a walking grade to suit you Walk at a relaxed pace, often spending time at places of interest en-route. Walking experience isn’t necessary as distances are quite short and gradients generally easy.

Long distances in remote countryside and on rough terrain. You can expect some sustained ascents and descents; there may be occasional sections of scree and steep ground.

Good paths but walks are a bit longer. Some walks, particularly in mountain areas, may have sections over rough or steeper terrain.

Good fitness and stamina required. Expect rocky terrain with sustained ascents and descents.

Walks may include high summits and ridges.

Walks follow well-defined paths, though often in hilly or upland areas, or along rugged coastal footpaths. These may be rough or steep in sections and will require reasonable fitness.

Our most challenging walks where high levels of fitness and stamina are required. Walks will be long and strenuous in difficult mountain terrain.

Fitness levels Please consider your fitness levels to ensure the grade of walk you choose reflects the ability of everyone in the group.

If you are not sure which grade suits you, call us and we’ll be happy to help.

20

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

For UK holidays turn to page 22

For European holidays turn to page 92

For worldwide holidays turn to page 132

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

21

Welcome to the UK

22

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

United Kingdom

Our UK walking holidays put you in easy reach of Britain’s best-loved beauty spots and National Landscapes. From John O’Groats to Land’s End and beyond, we line-up wow-worthy walks to suit all experience levels and interests, staying in our country houses or partner hotels.

Windermere, Lake District

Where to go and what’s on

Chipping Campden, Cotswolds

Our Country Houses West Cornwall Exmoor Isle of Wight South Downs Cotswolds Shropshire Hills Brecon Beacons (Bannau Brycheiniog) Peak District North York Moors Southern Yorkshire Dales Western Yorkshire Dales Southern Lake District Northern Lake District Northumberland Scottish Highlands

28 - 29 30 - 31 32 - 33 34 - 35 36 - 37 38 - 39 40 - 41

Challenge Holidays

58 - 59

Discovery Tours

60 - 63

Special Interest Holidays

64 - 67

Festive Holidays

68 - 69

Family Holidays

70

Group Holidays

71

Partner Hotel Holidays

72 - 91

St. Michael’s Mount, Cornwall

42 - 43 44 - 45 46 - 47 48 - 49 50 - 51 52 - 53 54 - 55 56 - 57

Eilean Donan Castle, Scottish Highlands

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

23

Our country houses

Our country houses We’re proud to own and manage 15 country houses across the UK, each located in some of the UK’s best-loved national parks and National Landscapes. So whether you love coast, countryside, or a little bit of both, we’ve got cosy Victorian manors, elegant Georgian mansions, converted granaries, restored farmhouses, lakeside hideaways, and much more. And with full-board dining included, everything is taken care of.

What you can expect from our country house stays l

A warm welcome from our house team

l

A choice of guest rooms to suit your needs and budget

l

l

A huge choice of guided and self-guided walks. Guided walks will be led by experienced HF Holidays Leaders Full-board dining including cooked and continental breakfasts, freshly made packed lunches, three-course evening meals and cream tea on arrival

l

l l

l

Shared dining tables for sparking conversation and socialising Gardens, lounges and licensed bars for relaxing in Evening social activities and games, including a quiz every Wednesday and swimming pools* Free on-site parking** and handy boot and drying rooms

*South Downs, Cornwall, Isle of Wight and Scottish Highlands **Except Nether Grange, Alnmouth

Freshwater Bay House

24

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Our country houses

Our country houses at a glance 1. Chy Morvah Turn to page 28

2. Holnicote House Turn to page 30

3. Freshwater Bay House Turn to page 32

15. Scottish Highlands Alltshellach

Scotland 4. Abingworth Hall Turn to page 34

14. Northumberland Nether Grange

5. Harrington House Turn to page 36

13. Northern Lake District

Derwent Bank

11. WesternYorkshire Dales

12. Southern Lake District

Thorns Hall

Monk Coniston 6. Longmynd Country House Turn to page 38

7. Nythfa House Turn to page 40

9. NorthYork Moors Larpool Hall

10. Southern Yorkshire Dales Newfield Hall

England

Wales 8. The Peveril of the Peak Turn page 42

9. Larpool Hall Turn page 44

8. Peak District The Peveril of the Peak

6. Shropshire Hills Longmynd Country House

7. Brecon Beacons

(Bannau Brycheiniog) Nythfa House

5. Cotswolds

Harrington House

4. South Downs Abingworth Hall 10. Newfield Hall Turn to page 46

2. Exmoor

11. Thorns Hall Turn to page 48

1. Cornwall Chy Morvah

12. Monk Coniston Turn to page 50

Holnicote House

3. Isle of Wight

Freshwater Bay House

13. Derwent Bank Turn to page 52

Go one step further with our partner hotels Where we don’t have a country house, we work with carefully selected partner hotels to reach further across the UK. 14. Nether Grange Turn to page 54

15. Alltshellach Turn to page 56

Turn to page 72 to find out more.

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

25

Our country houses

A place to rest and recharge

Walking not only gives you the best chance of a good night’s sleep, but it boosts your appetite, too. Combine rest and relaxation with regular hearty meals to replenish the energy you’ll burn through on our walking routes, and it’s easy to see the appeal of staying at our country houses.

Newfield Hall superior room

A choice of guest rooms Each of our 15 UK country houses boasts its own unique style, layout, and design, featuring inviting communal areas, beautiful surroundings, and recently refurbished interiors. Our guest rooms offer a choice of single, double, or twin beds, each complete with en-suite bath and shower rooms – perfect for unwinding after a day of walking.

We also offer rooms suitable for family groups, and some with personal outdoor space (there’s even some dog-friendly lodges, too).

Every house is different, so call our friendly team for advice on finding the best room for you, and take advantage of our ‘Choose your room service’ to stay in your favourite room for an extra charge of just £30 per room.

Classic Room

Choose a Classic Room for a comfortable night’s sleep

26

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Premium Room

Upgrade to a Premium Room for extra space

Superior Room

Upgrade to a Superior Room for enhanced views and amenities

Our country houses

Nether Grange dining room

Food to fuel your adventures All of our UK country house stays are full-board, so you can enjoy a cooked or continental breakfast every morning, generous packed lunches, delicious three-course evening meals, and cream tea with freshly baked scones on arrival day.

And after a busy day walking, we believe in shared dining experiences, where food warms the heart and sparks interesting conversation. We’re proud to serve a wide range of dishes made with fresh, seasonal ingredients, aiming to source the best produce available and using home-grown herbs and vegetables from our own gardens whenever possible. At our licensed bars, we have a selection of craft beers, soft drinks, local spirits, and award-winning wines.

Dietary requirements can be catered for – simply advise us at the time of booking.

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

27

West Cornwall Southern England

“A well-situated hotel with helpful and friendly staff. It has everything walkers could want, drying facilities, boot room, packed lunch, maps etc. Perfect for a solo holiday, tables of eight make for a sociable atmosphere. Proximity to the coast made for spectacular walks.”

HF Holidays Guest

Chy Morvah

Staying at our country house in West Cornwall

Chy Morvah St Ives Chy Morvah swimming pool

Enjoying an elevated position with sweeping views over St Ives Bay, Chy Morvah means ‘house by the sea’ in Cornish. Our beautiful property in St Ives is just steps from the town’s cobbled streets and four great beaches: Porthmeor, Porthminster, Harbour, and Porthgwidden. It’s also a short drive to St Michael’s Mount – the tidal island crowned by a medieval church and castle.

Chy Morvah sea views

Coastal location

Sea views

Swimming pool

Great for big groups

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l

39 guest rooms, many with sea views

l

l

Lounge overlooking St Ives Bay

l

l

Nine-hole putting lawn

l

Boot room and drying room

Discovery Point with walking routes Outdoor heated swimming pool (open from May to September)

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 54

28

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £465pp | 4 nts from £589pp | 7 nts from £969pp

3 nts from £389pp | 4 nts from £475pp | 7 nts from £825pp

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov & Dec Walking grades

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov & Dec Walking grades

Blessed with more miles of coastline than anywhere else in England, Cornwall is a walkers’ haven. Let our experienced leaders guide you on a choice of up to three walks a day to a wealth of Cornish highlights.

St Agnes

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Discover Cornwall at your own pace. Use our easy-to-follow routes to explore coastal paths and picturesque towns, spend time in St Ives, or simply enjoy a swim in the heated outdoor pool at our country house.

St Ives

Walking with Sightseeing

South Cornwall Coast Path Guided Trail

7 nts from £1,259pp | Small group holiday

7 nts from £1,129pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: May, Jul & Sep

Months of travel: Apr, Jun, Aug & Oct

Geevor Tin Mine

Walking grade Enjoy a mix of shorter, guided walks (3-6 miles), combined with sightseeing. Visit Cornish highlights like Geevor Tin Mine and Tremenheere Sculpture Gardens with hassle-free coach travel and a knowledgeable leader.

Walking grade Follow part of the South West Coast Path National Trail and explore miles of spectacular Cornish coastline awash with stories of smugglers, piracy, and plunder and a host of highlights along the way.

Kynance Cove

North Cornwall Coast Path Guided Trail

Family Walking Adventure

7 nts from £1,099pp | Small group holiday

7 nts from £1,475pp plus kids go free*

Months of travel: Apr, Jun & Sep

Months of travel: Aug

Walking grade

Southern England West Cornwall

Guided Walking

Discover the most westerly section of the South West Coast Path National Trail as you traverse the rugged cliffs of the Penwith Peninsula from Treyarnon Bay to Cape Cornwall.

Walking grades There’s nowhere quite like Cornwall for a family holiday.

Enjoy a choice of up to four guided walks a day along stunning coastline and spend time in the heated outdoor pool of our country house overlooking St Ives Bay. Choice of up to 4 walks per day

Wheal Coates

Discovery Tours and Festive breaks are also available from this location. Please see pages 60 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk * Up to three under 11s go free per paying adult in 2025 at all UK country houses.

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in West Cornwall Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Marazion Starting from Marazion, this walk crosses the RSPB marshes on St Michael’s Way, passes Tremenheere Sculpture Gardens, and offers the chance to visit St Michael’s Mount.

Medium walks: Botallack, Cape Cornwall and Land’s End Discover Cornwall’s tin mining history with a walk along the South West Coast Path from Botallack to Cape Cornwall. Passing abandoned engine houses and Bronze Age Ballowall Barrow, the route finishes at Land’s End, the most westerly point of mainland England.

Harder walks: Lizard Point Circuit This coastal circuit around the southern tip of England ticks off the quaint fishing village of Cadgwith, the collapsed caves of the Devil’s Frying Pan, plus Lizard Point and Kynance Cove.

Marazion

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

29

Exmoor Southern England

“Everything was superb - the friendly and attentive service on the phone and all the wonderful people in the house organising the very entertaining festive events, preparing very special meals and offering friendly assistance for every detail.”

HF Holidays Guest

Holnicote House

Staying at our country house in Exmoor

Holnicote House Selworthy Holnicote House dining room

Once part of a 12,500-acre estate, this beacon of Somerset hospitality boasts extensive grounds and an enviable location in the heart of Exmoor National Park. The pretty village of Selworthy sits within strolling distance and there are superb walking opportunities direct from the doorstep.

Holnicote House garden

Coastal location

Extensive grounds

Great for small groups

Dog friendly

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l

32 well-appointed guest rooms

l

Two lounges

l

Peaceful gardens

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Putting green and croquet lawn

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 40

30

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £385pp | 4 nts from £469pp | 7 nts from £819pp

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Cherished for its forests, moorland, valleys, wild ponies, and velvet skies, Exmoor National Park is an outdoor adventurer’s playground. Our guided walking holiday introduces you to the region’s big-name attractions.

Dunkery Beacon

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

For hills and ridges, wooded valleys, wide-skied moorland, and superb coastal views, little beats exploring Exmoor National Park on foot. Our self-guided walking holiday offers the freedom to explore at your own pace.

Lynmouth

Gentle Guided Walking

Walking with Sightseeing

3 nts from £545pp | 4 nts from £735pp | 7 nts from £1,239pp

7 nts from £1,239pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: May & Sep

Months of travel: Jun & Aug

Walking grades This gentle walking holiday offers the mix of exploring the incredible landscape in the much-treasured national park and spending time in the region’s most beguiling villages and postcard-worthy towns.

Exmoor Ponies

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Walking grade Enjoy a combination of shorter guided walks (3-6 miles) and sightseeing in this walker’s paradise where the possibilities are endless. This holiday includes coach travel plus the services of an HF Holidays Leader.

DunsterCastle

Somerset & North Devon Coast Path Trail

The Coleridge Way Guided Trail

7 nts from £1,239pp | Small group holiday

7 nts from £1,239pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: Jun & Aug

Months of travel: Sep

Xxxxxxx

Walking grade

Xxxxxxx

Walk Exmoor’s varied and dramatic coastline, taking in sweeping panoramas, pretty fishing villages, and wild countryside. The route runs from the seaside resort of Minehead to the secluded sands of Croyde Bay. Porlock

Southern England Exmoor

Guided Walking

Valley of Rocks

Walking grade Named after romantic British poet, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, this route leads you through celebrated Somerset landscapes.

Discover the places that inspired him to pen The Rime of the Ancient Mariner, Kubla Khan, and more.

Discovery Tours, Festive breaks, Family Walking Adventures, Tread Lightly, Arts & Crafts and Navigation holidays are also available from this location. Please see pages 60, 64, 68, & 70. for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in Selworthy Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Bossington & Selworthy A circular route from Holnicote House to the coast, passing through Bossington and returning via the wooded slopes to Selworthy village. The walk includes a historical exploration of the area, rebuilt in 1828 by the Acland family.

Medium walks: Watersmeet & Countisbury This route leads from Holnicote House to Dunster, featuring woodland paths, the Webber’s Post viewpoint, and Wootton Common. The destination is the National Trustowned Dunster Castle, home to the Luttrell family for centuries.

Harder walks: Selworthy Beacon & Dunkery Starting from Exford, this route ascends to the summit of Dunkery Beacon, offering panoramic views. The walk continues across the moors, descends to Stoke Pero Church, and traverses Horner Woods back to Holnicote House.

Bunkery Beacon

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

31

Isle of Wight Southern England

“Where better to unwind than Freshwater Bay, which encapsulates everything that is wanted in a relaxing break by the sea.”

Tony, HF Holidays House Manager

Freshwater Bay House

Staying at our country house on the Isle of Wight

Freshwater Bay House Freshwater Freshwater Bay House breakfast area

Overlooking the sands of its namesake bay, our seaside escape on the Isle of Wight boasts a beautiful clifftop location at the foot of Tennyson Down. It has a large lawn, heated swimming pool, and easy access to the beach. Take in stunning sea views from the poolside sun terrace or as you dine in the restaurant.

Freshwater Bay House swimming pool

Coastal location

Sea views

Swimming pool

Great for big groups

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l

43 guest rooms, many with sea views

l

Putting green and tennis courts

l

Lovely gardens with paths leading to the beach

l

Outdoor heated swimming pool (open from May to September)

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 61

32

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £385pp | 4 nts from £469pp | 7 nts from £819pp

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov

Walking grades Dramatic white cliffs and charming seaside resorts tempt walkers to the Isle of Wight. Enjoy a choice of up to three guided walks a day that take in island treasures such as Tennyson Down and Alum Bay.

Alum Bay

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Walking grades Discover the Isle of Wight’s most recognisable landmarks at your own pace. Use our easy-to-follow routes to explore coastal paths, rolling hills, and picturesque towns.

Headon Warren

Family Walking Adventure

The Isle of Wight Coast Path Guided Trail

7 nts from £1,349pp plus kids go free*

7 nts from £1,089pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: Aug

Months of travel: Apr, Jun, Jul & Oct

Walking grades This fun-packed family escape includes up to four guided walks a day, plus the chance to paddle in the sea, play on the sands, and swim in the outdoor pool of our country house overlooking Freshwater Bay.

Beach fun

Choice of up to 4 walks per day

Walking grade This 71-mile route around the entire island ticks off many highlights including the Needles, Headon Warren, and Alum Bay. An experienced HF Holidays Leader will guide you on walks of up to 13 miles each day.

The Needles

Walking with Sightseeing

Gentle Guided Walking

7 nts from £1,089pp | Small group holiday

3 nts from £545pp | 4 nts from £735pp | 7 nts from £1,239pp

Months of travel: Apr, Jul, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Sep

Xxxxxxx

Walking grade

Xxxxxxx

Enjoy shorter guided walks (4-5 miles) and sightseeing at bigname attractions. With hasslefree coach travel and the services of an HF Holidays Leader, you’ll visit Carisbrooke Castle, Brading Roman Villa, and more.

Carisbrooke Castle

Southern England Isle of Wight

Guided Walking

Walking grades Explore the Isle of Wight with a choice of up to three guided walks a day, including a gentle one of just 3-4 miles. Visit a selection of standout attractions such as Yarmouth and Ventnor Botanic Gardens.

Yarmouth

Discovery Tours, Tread Lightly, and Festive breaks are also available from this location. Please see pages 18, 60 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk * Up to three under 11s go free per paying adult in 2025 at all UK country houses.

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday on the Isle of Wight Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Over Tennyson Down Enjoy one of England’s finest coastal walks, over the chalk cliffs of Tennyson Down to the Needles and Alum Bay. Take in the commanding view over the Western Solent from the Tennyson Monument and discover the area’s role in the space race.

Medium walks: Godshill to Ventnor Starting in Godshill, this route works its way towards Wroxall, passing the grand ruins of Appuldurcombe House and its surrounding parkland. Enjoy great views out to sea from St Boniface Down before reaching the seaside town of Ventnor.

Harder walks: The Three Trails A challenging walk along the spine of the island from Carisbrooke Castle to Freshwater Bay. This popular route crosses the hills to Shorwell then follows the Tennyson Trail along the top of the Chalk Downs.

Freshwater Bay

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

33

South Downs Southern England

“Friendly and helpful management, staff and walk leaders.

Nutritious meals beautifully presented. Peaceful and beautiful house and surroundings.”

HF Holidays Guest

Abingworth Hall

Staying at our country house in the South Downs

Abingworth Hall South Downs Abingworth Hall swimming pool

This cosy former farmhouse is the ideal base for exploring the South Downs – a landscape of ancient woodland, shapely hills, hidden valleys, and spectacular chalk cliffs that was finally bestowed national park status in 2010. The views from the doorstep are as wow-worthy as you’d expect.

Abingworth Hall conservatory

Countryside location

Extensive grounds

Great for small groups

Swimming pool

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l

27 guest rooms, many ground floor accessible

l

Outdoor heated swimming pool (open from May to September)

l

Ballroom and an attractive conservatory

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Eight acres of lovely gardens

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 35

34

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £385pp | 4 nts from £469pp | 7 nts from £819pp

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Walk through ancient woodland and along dramatic coastline in the beautiful South Downs. Our expert leaders will guide you on a choice of three walks a day to area highlights like the Seven Sisters and Parham Park.

Seven Sisters

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Perfect for those confident in navigating on their own, this holiday allows you to explore the South Downs at your own pace.

Use our easy-to-follow routes, maps, and 24-hour support to enhance your experience.

South Downs National Park

Gentle Guided Walking

Walking with Sightseeing

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £485pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £515pp | 4 nts from £685pp | 7 nts from £1,089pp

Months of travel: May, Jun & Sep

Small group holiday

Walking grades

Months of travel: May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Discover the South Downs at a more relaxed pace with a choice of up to three guided walks a day, including a gentle walk of 3-4 miles. Discover gems like Arundel Park, Amberley, and Goodwood.

Walking grade

Enjoy the perfect mix of shorter, guided walks (4-5 miles), combined with time spent sightseeing. Visit a selection of standout attractions such as Petworth Park, Parham House, and historic Arundel.

Choice of up to 3 walks per day Arundel Castle

Southern England South Downs

Guided Walking

Petworth Park

Festive Guided Walking 3 nts from £589pp | 4 nts from £979pp | 7 nts from £1,329pp Months of travel: Dec Xxxxxxx

Walking grades Celebrate the festive season with winter walks through ancient woodland and across rolling hills.

After days of exploration, cosy up in our country house with delicious food and yuletide treats.

Special Interest holidays available at many of our locations. quote or large signpost togreat Special Interest DPS See page 64 for details

Choice of up to 3 walks per day Find out more about our festive breaks on page 68

Discovery Tours, Arts & Crafts, Mind & Body, Literary, and Bridge holidays are also available from this location. Please see pages 60, 63, 64 & 65 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the South Downs Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Cowdray Park and Petworth Begin at the polo grounds of Cowdray Park, walking through charming woodlands to Petworth. Visit the National Trust’s Petworth House or enjoy an optional stroll around the parkland.

Medium walks: Beachy Head & Seven Sisters Follow the South Downs Way from Eastbourne to Beachy Head, past Belle Tout lighthouse and over the Seven Sisters to Cuckmere Haven. Note the lighthouse’s relocation in 1999 due to cliff erosion.

Harder walks: Amberley & The South Downs Way Hike alongside the peaceful River Arun before following the South Downs Way to Barnsfarm Hill where the chalk downs are rich in wildflowers and butterflies. The route crosses Washington Common back to Abingworth Hall.

Beachy Head

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

35

Cotswolds Central England

“Fabulous way to meet new people, walk around the beautiful Cotswolds along with the comforts of excellent accommodation and food!”

HF Holidays Guest

Harrington House

Staying at our country house in the Cotswolds

Harrington House Bourton-on-the-Water Harrington House lounge

This Grade II-listed house offers a traditional country retreat in the heart of Bourton-on-the-Water, a picturesque Cotswolds town with chocolate-box cottages and stone bridges spanning the River Windrush. Outside are well-groomed gardens and alfresco seating, while inside, the lovingly refurbished interior retains its original Georgian features.

Harrington House garden

Countryside location

Grade II listed

Great for small groups

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l

27 well-appointed guest rooms

l

Landscaped grounds

l

Walled garden and large croquet lawn

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Two lounges

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 34

36

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £465pp | 4 nts from £589pp | 7 nts from £969pp

3 nts from £389pp | 4 nts from £475pp | 7 nts from £825pp

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov & Dec Walking grades

The Cotswolds is a designated National Landscape that never fails to enchant. Head out on guided walks through timeless countryside, honey-coloured villages, and historic attractions.

Explore the Cotswolds at your own pace with easy-to-follow routes from our Discovery Point.

Marvel at beautiful Bourtonon-the-Water or venture to scenic spots like Bibury and the Slaughters.

Choice of up to 3 walks per day Bourton-on-the-Water

Lower Slaughter

Tread Lightly

Gentle Guided Walking

3 nts from £429pp | 4 nts from £535pp

3 nts from £525pp | 4 nts from £689pp | 7 nts from £1,099pp

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, May, Jun, Aug, Oct, Nov & Dec

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jul, Sep & Oct

Walking grades Walk to well-known gems such as Salmonsbury Camp or the Windrush Valley direct from the doorstep of our country house. By not using transport, these holidays are kinder to the environment and help reduce our carbon footprint.

Stow-on-the-Wold

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Walking grades Explore the Cotswolds at a relaxed pace with walks that minimise rough ground and gradients without compromising on sights or scenery. Choose from three different-grade daily walks, including a short one of just 3-4 miles.

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Chedworth

Walking with Sightseeing

Cotswold Way Guided Trail

7 nts from £1,259pp | Small group holiday

10 nts from £1,819pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: May & Jun

Months of travel: Jun, Jul & Aug

Xxxxxxx

Central England Cotswolds

Guided Walking

Walking grade

Walking grade

Xxxxxxx

Discover more about this region of rolling hills and honey-coloured stone on shorter guided walks to local Cotswold attractions. You’ll enjoy an excellent balance of walking and sightseeing in this beautiful region.

The Cotswold Way covers 100 miles of rolling English countryside, dotted with medieval churches, villages, and stately homes. Or, explore England’s most famous waterway on our 7-night Thames Path Guided Trail holiday.

Stanway House

Sudeley Castle

Festive breaks, Guided Trails, Discovery Tours, Art & Crafts, and Literary holidays are also available from this location. Please see pages 60, 64 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the Cotswolds Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: The Slaughters and Salmonsbury Camp Enjoy a circular walk from Bourton through the picturesque villages of Lower and Upper Slaughter, then return via Salmonsbury Camp. Views over the River Eye provide the perfect photo opportunity.

Medium walks: Hidcote to Chipping Campden This walk links the National Trust gardens at Hidcote Manor with Chipping Campden, passing over the rolling hills via the village of Ilmington. Hidcote Manor Garden, designed in Arts & Crafts style, is renowned for its colourful outdoor ‘rooms’.

Harder walks: The Gloucestershire Way Starting at the 16th-century Frog Mill Inn, this walk follows the Gloucestershire Way through rolling Cotswold countryside. The route passes through sleepy villages and the scenic Windrush Valley back to Bourton-on-the-Water.

Chipping Campden

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

37

Shropshire Hills Central England

“The walking at Church Stretton is outstanding. There are circular walks from the house without using transport, but there are outstanding walks a coach ride away too. The house is very comfortable and has been improved by its recent renovation. The food is very good.”

HF Holidays Guest

Longmynd Country House dining room

Staying at our country house in the Shropshire Hills

Longmynd Country House Church Stretton Longmynd Country House

Located in the Shropshire Hills National Landscape, the largest of our country houses has recently undergone a £2 million makeover and has never looked better. Inside, a spacious open-plan lounge offers panoramic views over the volcanic Stretton Hills, while outside, the house has walking trails direct from the doorstep and is just a short stroll from the charming market town of Church Stretton.

Longmynd Country House lounge

Countryside location

Extensive grounds

Great for big groups

Dog friendly

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l

56 guest rooms now in three categories

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Recently enjoyed a £4 million makeover

l

Lounge overlooking the Stretton Valley

l

Woodland sculpture trail

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 85

38

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £385pp | 4 nts from £469pp | 7 nts from £819pp

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov & Dec Walking grades

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov & Dec Walking grades

Every footstep on this guided walking holiday rewards with scenic landscapes, ruined castles, rare wildlife, and a delightful selection of postcard-worthy market towns and villages perched on the River Severn.

Shropshire Hills

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Enjoy the freedom of self-guided walks in the Shropshire Hills. Use our detailed maps, routes, and 24hour support when exploring this much-loved National Landscape at your own pace.

Wild ponies on the Long Mynd

Tread Lightly

Gentle Guided Walking

3 nts from £425pp | 4 nts from £529pp

3 nts from £515pp | 4 nts from £685pp | 7 nts from £1,089pp

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, Jun, Jul, Sep, Oct, Nov & Dec Walking grades

Months of travel: Apr & Jul

Walk to well-known gems such as the Long Mynd and Little Stretton direct from the doorstep of our country house. By not using transport, these holidays are kinder to the environment and help reduce our carbon footprint.

Long Mynd

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Walking grades Stroll through the Shropshire Hills with walks that minimise rough ground and gradients without compromising sights or scenery.

Choose from three differentgrade daily walks, including one of just 3-4 miles.

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Ludlow

Walking with Sightseeing

Skyline Challenge

7 nts from £1,089pp | Small group holiday

3 nts from £545pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: May

Months of travel: May & Jul

Xxxxxxx

Walking grade

Xxxxxxx

A perfect mix of shorter guided walks (4-5 miles), combined with time spent sightseeing. Visit a selection of area highlights in the Shropshire Hills with hassle-free coach travel and the help of an HF Holidays Leader.

The Iron Bridge

Central England Shropshire Hills

Guided Walking

Caer Caradoc

Walking grade Part of our new Skyline series of guided walks, this exhilarating weekend walking challenge hits all the famous highpoints of the Shropshire Hills National Landscape. Challenge Skylines are also available from the Peak District and Southern Lake District, see pages 58-59 for details.

Festive breaks, Discovery Tours, Guided Trails, Navigation Skills, Bridge, Mind & Body, Literary, Music & Singing, Arts & Crafts, and Board Game holidays are also available from this location. Please see pages 18, 60, 64 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the Shropshire Hills Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Bromfield, Priors Halton & Ludlow Starting near Bromfield, follow a short section of the Shropshire Way towards Ludlow, described by John Betjeman as “probably the loveliest town in England.”

Medium walks: Hope Bowdler & Caer Caradoc Ascend the long ridge of Hope Bowdler Hill before climbing the distinctive summit of Caer Caradoc. Look out for the Iron Age hillfort, the supposed site of King Caractacus’ final stand against the Roman invasion.

Harder walks: Ashes Hollow, Cwmdale and Carding Mill Leaving from Longmynd Country House, walk through the Ashes Hollow Valley and reach the summit of Pole Bank for excellent views. Continue towards All Stretton taking in Cwmdale and return to the house via Carding Mill.

Ludlow

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

39

Brecon Beacons (Bannau Brycheiniog) South Wales

“It’s a lovely, comfortable house with excellent, friendly and efficient staff. The walks were great, challenging, but not overwhelmingly difficult. The company was good, activities were fun, and the leaders all very professional and knowledgeable.”

HF Holidays Guest

Nythfa House

Staying at our country house in the Brecon Beacons (Bannau Brycheiniog)

Nythfa House Brecon Beacons (Bannau Brycheiniog)

Nythfa House dining room

Meaning ‘nesting place’ in Welsh, Nythfa House was built in 1867 as a private residence for wealthy solicitor and antiquarian.

Sitting pretty on a hill above The Struet (one of Brecon’s oldest and most historic streets for its Charles I connections), it plays a harmonious host to those seeking rural respite just a 10-minute walk from the Welsh market town of Brecon.

Nythfa House garden

Countryside location

Extensive grounds

Great for small groups

EV charging stations

Dog friendly

Features & Facilities l

31 well-appointed guest rooms

l

Putting green and croquet lawn

l

Attractive garden

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Original design features

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 41

40

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house Guided Walking

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £385pp | 4 nts from £469pp | 7 nts from £819pp

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Walking grades Explore the best of the Brecon Beacons (Bannau Brycheiniog) National Park with a choice of up to three walks a day guided by our experienced leaders. Discover waterfalls, wildlife spots, and impressive peaks like the Black Mountains.

Blaen y Glyn Waterfalls

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Use our country house as a base and choose your own easy-tofollow walking routes. Visit the book lovers’ paradise, Hay-onWye or perhaps hike to the top of popular peaks like Corn Du and Pen-y-Fan. Pen-y-Fan and Cribyn

Walking with Sightseeing

Navigation for Women

3 nts from £545pp | 4 nts from £735pp | 7 nts from £1,239pp

3 nts from £525pp | Small group holiday

Small group holiday

Months of travel: Oct

Months of travel: Jun & Aug

Walking grade Enjoy shorter, guided walks (3-5 miles) combined with time spent sightseeing. Accompanied by an HF Holidays Leader, you’ll visit Brecon Beacons attractions like the Mountain Railway, Tretower Castle, and Hay-on-Wye.

Walking grade Learn how to read a map, find grid references, work your compass correctly, and plan your own countryside walks with this holiday exclusively for women.

Map reading

Tretower Castle

South Wales Brecon Beacons (Bannau Brycheiniog)

Llyn y Fan Fach lake

(We also offer navigation holidays for all. All dates and locations available online.)

Festive breaks and Discovery Tours are also available from this location. Please see pages 60 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the Brecon Beacons (Bannau Brycheiniog) Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Waterfalls Country Follow the Mellte, Nedd Fechan, and Pyrddin rivers, finishing along an old industrial tramway to Pontneddfechan village. The waterfalls here are spectacular, especially after heavy rain.

Medium walks: Twmpa & Hay Bluff Ascend the Black Mountains escarpment, enjoying views over the Wye Valley en route to the summit of Twmpa (Lord Hereford’s Knob). Cross the Gospel Pass to Hay Bluff and follow part of the Offa’s Dyke path into Hay-on-Wye. Harder walks: Over the Four Tops A high-level crossing of the main peaks in the central Brecon Beacons (Bannau Brycheiniog). Traverse the four main summits – Corn Du, Pen y Fan, Cribyn, and Fan y Big – and return to Nythfa House via country paths and roads.

Pen y Fan

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

41

Peak District Central England

“With its rolling hills, rugged moorland and picturesque valleys, The Peak District is a hidden gem. And it can all be found a stone’s throw from our beautiful house in Dovedale. Enjoy your adventures!”

Shaun, HF Holidays House Manager

The Peveril of the Peak

Staying at our country house in the Peak District

The Peveril of the Peak Dovedale The Peveril of the Peak bar

Named after Sir Walter Scott’s Peak District-set novel, this characterful country house is less than a mile from the famous Dovedale Stepping Stones and on the doorstep of Thorpe Cloud – a cone-shaped limestone hill that offers impressive views over the rolling green landscape. Both are easily accessible from the rear of the property.

The Peveril of the Peak garden

Countryside location

Extensive grounds

EV charging stations

Great for big groups

Features & Facilities l

46 guest rooms, including five Superior

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Extensive grounds

l

Outdoor terrace

l

Comfortable lounges

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 63

42

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £385pp | 4 nts from £469pp | 7 nts from £819pp

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov & Dec Walking grades

The UK’s oldest national park provides walks through historic country estates and dramatic scenery. Choose from up to three guided walks a day to local beauty spots and places steeped in British history.

Derwent Edge

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Discover the Peak District’s stunning landscapes at your own pace. Use our easy-to-follow routes to explore rolling hills, picturesque valleys, and historic sites in this picturesque region.

Stanage Edge

Tread Lightly

Skyline Challenge

3 nts from £425pp | 4 nts from £529pp

3 nts from £545pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, May, Jun, Jul & Nov

Months of travel: May & Aug

Walking grades Explore the Peak District with less impact on the planet. By setting out on walks direct from the doorstep of our country house and not using transport, these holidays help reduce our carbon footprint.

Peak District National Park

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Walking grade Part of our all-new Skyline series, this trip tackles the challenging Edale Skyline in one weekend. Let our expert leaders guide you and a group of like-minded people through one of Britain’s most majestic regions.

Edale Valley

Gentle Guided Walking

Walking with Sightseeing

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £545pp | 4 nts from £735pp | 7 nts from £1,239pp

Months of travel: Mar, Jul & Sep

Small group holiday

Xxxxxxx

Walking grades

Months of travel: Jun & Aug

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Walking grade

Xxxxxxx

Enjoy a choice of up to three different-grade daily walks, including one of just 3-4 miles.

Guided by experienced leaders, you’ll enjoy leisurely walks to local attractions such as the Dovedale Stepping Stones.

Dovedale Stepping Stones

Central England Peak District

Guided Walking

This holiday offers a perfect mix of shorter, guided walks (4-5 miles) and sightseeing with experienced leaders. Highlights include visits to Chatsworth House, Eyam Village, Victorian Buxton, and more.

Chatsworth House

Festive breaks, Discovery Tours, Guided Trails, Guided Walking for Solos, Navigation, Music & Singing, Art & Crafts, Bridge, and Board Game holidays are also available from this location. Please see pages 18, 60, 64, & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the Peak District Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Dovedale Gorge Descend to the famous stepping stones and follow the River Dove to Milldale. Return through high pastureland above Dovedale’s limestone gorge to admire its impressive rock formations and leafy scenery.

Medium walks: The Derwent Valley and Cromford Set off from Crich Stand and walk above the Derwent Valley to the hamlets of Lea, Dethick, and Riber. Then, follow the canal to Cromford, home to Crich Tramway Village and the National Tramways Museum.

Harder walks: Hope Valley and the Great Ridge A tough-butrewarding walk from Castleton along the Limestone Way to the summit of Mam Tor. Traverse the Great Ridge to Lose Hill, before descending to Hope village and returning to Castleton via the riverside path.

Mam Tor

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

43

North York Moors Northern England

“We are less than a mile from both wonderful countryside and a beautiful beach. Our coastal walks are breathtaking and the view from the top of Roseberry Topping on a clear day is just amazing.

We have the best summer sunsets here in our beautiful North Yorkshire and we love our quirky local beers from Robin Hoods Bay Brewery.”

Sue, HF Holidays House Manager

Larpool Hall

Staying at our country house in the North York Moors

Larpool Hall Whitby

Larpool Hall lounge

Built in the 1780s on a site dating back to Norman times, Larpool Hall sits in an elevated position above Whitby allowing for impressive views over the Esk Valley. First owned by a Whitby ropemaker who operated a shipyard on the estate, this Grade II-listed house has many original features including ornate fireplaces, a grand staircase, and picture windows.

Larpool Hall garden

Coastal location

Extensive grounds

Grade II listed

Great for small groups

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l l

l

29 guest rooms including three Superior Original features such as fireplaces and exposed ceiling beams Lovely grounds

l

Comfortable lounge

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 39

44

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £385pp | 4 nts from £469pp | 7 nts from £819pp

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

The North York Moors offer an enchanting landscape of open moorland, deep valleys, unspoilt woodlands, and charming villages. Discover dramatic scenery and stunning spots like Roseberry Topping.

Roseberry Topping

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Goathland Moor Heather

With pristine beaches, rugged headlands, and postcard-perfect villages, the North York Moors have plenty to impress visitors.

A self-guided holiday offers the flexibility to explore at your own pace using our easy-to-follow routes.

Family Walking Adventure

Gentle Guided Walking

7 nts from £1,349pp plus kids go free*

3 nts from £515pp | 4 nts from £685pp | 7 nts from £1,089pp

Months of travel: Mar, May & Aug

Months of travel: Apr & Sep

Walking grades Whitby wows families. Explore the ghostly ruins of Whitby Abbey, hunt for fossils in the cliffs at Runswick Bay, visit Robin Hood’s Bay, and ride a Hogwarts Express-style steam train through the countryside.

Robin Hood’s Bay

Choice of up to 4 walks per day

Walking grades Ideal for relaxed exploration, these holidays offer a choice of up to three different-grade daily walks, including one of just 3-4 miles, allowing you to explore the North York Moors with ease.

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

North York Moors National Park

Walking with Sightseeing

The Cleveland Way Guided Trail

3 nts from £545pp | 4 nts from £735pp | 7 nts from £1,239pp

7 nts from £1,239pp | Small group holiday

Small group holiday

Months of travel: May & Sep

Months of travel: May & Sep Xxxxxxx

Walking grade

Xxxxxxx

Combine shorter, guided walks (4-5 miles) with sightseeing. Visit the North York Moors’ standout highlights with hassle-free coach travel and a knowledgeable leader to guide you through the best sights.

Whitby Abbey

Northern England North York Moors

Guided Walking

Walking grade This 109-mile-long trail crosses rugged moorland and follows stretches of coastline where unmissable highlights include Robin Hood’s Bay, Captain Cook’s Monument, and the 12th-century ruins of Rievaulx Abbey.

Cleveland Way

Discovery Tours, Festive breaks and Mind & Body holidays are also available from this location. Please see pages 60, 64 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk * Up to three under 11s go free per paying adult in 2025 at all UK country houses.

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the North York Moors Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Goathland & Grosmont Circuit Starting in Goathland, famous for featuring in TV’s Heartbeat and the Harry Potter movies, this walk proceeds through moorland and farmland to Grosmont, returning along the old railway trail.

Medium walks: Roseberry Topping & Great Ayton This route climbs the escarpment of the North York Moors, ascending from Guisborough to the summit of Roseberry Topping. It continues to the equally impressive viewpoint at Captain Cook’s Monument and Great Ayton.

Harder walks: Ravenscar to Whitby A dramatic coastal route beginning at Ravenscar. This walk heads through Boggle Hole and Robin Hood’s Bay and ends in Whitby with a descent down the 199 steps from Whitby Abbey.

199 steps, Whitby

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

45

Southern Yorkshire Dales Northern England

“Fantastic holiday! Highly recommended. Superb accommodation - lovely location, excellent food and very friendly and attentive staff and guests. Lots of walks available, some from the door.

We will be back!”

HF Holidays Guest

Newfield Hall

Staying at our country house in the Southern Yorkshire Dales

Newfield Hall Malham

Newfield Hall lounge

Part of our HF Holidays line-up since 1934, Newfield Hall sits in two acres of grounds near the village of Malham at the southern base of the Yorkshire Dales National Park. You’ll also have plenty of sightseeing greats within easy travelling distance, most notably Malham Tarn, Janet’s Foss, Gordale Scar, and Malham Cove.

Newfield Hall garden

Countryside location

Extensive grounds

Great for big groups

Transfers available from the train station

EV charging stations

Visit England Rose Award

Features & Facilities l

46 guest rooms including two Superior

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Two cosy lounges

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

l

Lovely grounds

l

The HF Holidays Heritage Room

l

Pillared entrance and sweeping staircase

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 61

46

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £465pp | 4 nts from £589pp | 7 nts from £969pp

3 nts from £389pp | 4 nts from £475pp | 7 nts from £825pp

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov & Dec Walking grades

The Southern Yorkshire Dales set the bar high for seriously good walks. Discover natural wonders such as Malham Tarn, Gordale Scar, and Janet’s Foss with a choice of up to three guided walks a day.

Limestone Pavement

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Enjoy the freedom of self-guided walks in the Southern Yorkshire Dales. Use our easy-to-follow routes, maps, and advice to uncover the area’s natural beauty.

Smearsett Scar

Tread Lightly

The Dales Way Guided Trail

3 nts from £429pp

7 nts from £1,099pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: Jan, Mar, Apr, Jun, Aug, Sep, Oct & Dec

Walking grades

Months of travel: Apr, Jun, Aug & Oct

Explore the Dales with walks that start and end on the doorstep of our country house. There’s a choice of up to three walks a day, but by not using transport these holidays help reduce our carbon footprint.

Yorkshire Dales

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Ribblehead Viaduct

Walking grade The Dales Way covers 79 miles from Ilkley in West Yorkshire to Bowness-on-Windermere in the Lake District. Walk this scenic route with an experienced leader.

Or try a more challenging route with the Dales High Way Guided Trail.

See page 58-59 for details.

Gentle Guided Walking

Walking with Sightseeing

3 nts from £525pp | 4 nts from £689pp | 7 nts from £1,099pp

3 nts from £525pp | 4 nts from £689pp | 7 nts from £1,099pp

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep & Oct Walking grades

Small group holiday

Xxxxxxx

Months of travel: Apr, Jul & Sep Xxxxxxx

Relax with gentle walks in the Southern Yorkshire Dales. Explore the area’s beautiful scenery and historic sites with a choice of three different-grade daily walks, including one of just 3-4 miles.

Northern England Southern Yorkshire Dales

Guided Walking

Walking grade Combine scenic walks with visits to the region’s top attractions.

Discover historic sites, charming villages, and natural wonders with hassle-free coach travel and a knowledgeable guide.

Choice of up to 3 walks per day Gordale Scar

Salts Mill, Saltaire

Discovery Tours, Festive breaks, Challenge, Music & Singing, Guided Trails, Mind & Body, Art & Crafts, Bridge, Dance, and Navigation holidays are also available from this location. Please see pages 58, 60, 64 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the Southern Yorkshire Dales Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Linton and Grassington Admire valley views of Wharfedale on a walk from Linton to Burnsall. Explore Linton’s 12th-century church and the largest waterfall on the River Wharfe, Linton Falls, before following the Dales Way to Grassington.

Medium walks: Gordale and Malham Cove Walk from Malham to the woodland setting of Janet’s Foss waterfall and the magnificent Gordale Scar. Continue north over open moorland, past Malham Cove, to reach Malham Tarn.

Harder walks: Ingleborough Starting from Clapham, this route ascends Ingleborough, the second-highest mountain in the Dales. Soak up views over the Yorkshire Dales and the Lake District, descending via Gaping Gill.

Malham Cove

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

47

Western Yorkshire Dales Northern England

“Friendly atmosphere. Lovely leaders and everyone good company. Lovely country house and staff. Scenic views and good trails.”

Susan Munslow

Thorns Hall

Staying at our country house in the Western Yorkshire Dales

Thorns Hall Sedbergh

Thorns Hall lounge

Delivering on all fronts for fans of history, this cosy Grade II-listed manor house is just a skip away from Sedbergh – the Cumbrian market town. Expect wood-panelled reception rooms, beamed ceilings, open fireplaces, and stone flag flooring. Accommodation is spread across the main house and in converted buildings across the cobbled courtyard.

Thorns Hall garden

Countryside location

Grade II listed

Great for small groups

Transfers available from the train station

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l

25 guest rooms including one Superior

l

Garden with outdoor seating

l

Original features

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Licensed bar with log burner

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 30

48

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £385pp | 4 nts from £469pp | 7 nts from £819pp

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

The part of the Yorkshire Dales National Park that borders the Lake District and Lancashire, the Western Dales will delight walkers. Choose from up to three guided walks a day exploring the beautiful Howgill Fells.

Howgill Fells

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

A self-guided walking holiday gives you the flexibility and freedom to do as much or as little as you please. Stay in the Western Dales and use our easy-to-follow routes to explore the Yorkshire Dales National Park.

Cautley Spout

Walking with Sightseeing

Tread Lightly

3 nts from £545pp | 4 nts from £735pp | 7 nts from £1,239pp

3 nts from £425pp | 4 nts from £529pp

Small group holiday

Months of travel: Mar, May, Jun, Aug, Oct & Nov

Months of travel: May, Jun, Aug & Sep

Walking grade

The Western Dales offer outstanding walking and sightseeing. Enjoy shorter, guided walks exploring Swaledale and beauty spots such as Aysgarth Falls, and visit Ribblehead Viaduct and Sizergh Castle.

Sizergh Castle

Walking grades Discover the Dales with walks that start and end on the doorstep of our country house.

There’s still a choice of up to three walks a day but by not using transport, this holiday helps reduce your carbon footprint.

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Swaledale

The Dales High Way Guided Trail

Gentle Guided Walking

10 nts from £1,529pp | Small group holiday

3 nts from £459pp

Months of travel: Apr, May & Aug

Months of travel: May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep & Oct

Xxxxxxx

Walking grade

Xxxxxxx

Covering 90 miles of glorious high country, this route starts in Western Yorkshire and ends in Cumbria.

Highlights include the Neolithic rock carvings on Rombald’s Moor and Malhamdale’s dramatic landscapes.

The Dales Way

Northern England Western Yorkshire Dales

Guided Walking

Walking grades Ideal for those wanting to discover the Western Dales at a more relaxed pace, these holidays offer a choice of up to three different-grade daily walks, including one of just three to four miles.

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Sedbergh

Discovery Tours and Festive Breaks are also available from this location. Please see pages 60 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the Western Yorkshire Dales Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Along Dentdale Follow a short section of the Dales Way to Sedbergh. Head along Dentdale and through Dent to discover the local legend of the ‘terrible knitters’ , before following the River Dee back to Sedbergh.

Medium walks: Above the Lune Valley Walk above the Lune Valley and visit Fox’s Pulpit – a rocky outcrop which is a place of pilgrimage for Quakers. Having descended to the River Lune, the route returns to Sedbergh along the Dales Way beside the River Rawthey.

Harder walks: High Cup Nick This walk follows the Pennine Way from Dufton to High Cup Nick – a dramatic U-shaped valley carved into the North Pennines. The route includes a loop around the rim of the valley before descending back to Dufton.

High Cup Nick

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

49

Southern Lake District Northern England

“Beautiful old house and gardens in fabulous location on Lake Coniston. Walks interesting and beautiful and just enough to make you feel you had earned the meals!”

HF Holidays Guest

Monk Coniston

Staying at our country house in the Southern Lake District

Monk Coniston Coniston

Monk Coniston dining room

With a desirable address overlooking Coniston Water (the inspiration for Arthur Ransome’s 1930 novel, Swallows and Amazons), this characterful Grade II-listed house was once owned by Beatrix Potter. The décor stays true to the period, and you can enjoy lakeside and woodland walks from the doorstep.

Monk Coniston garden

Countryside location

Lake views

Extensive grounds

Grade II listed

Great for small groups

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l

32 guest rooms, including one Superior

l

Hidden walled garden

l

Large grounds with lake views

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Arboretum

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 38

50

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £385pp | 4 nts from £469pp | 7 nts from £819pp

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

The lovely landscapes of the Southern Lake District have been adored by poets and painters for centuries. Find out why with a choice of three walks a day guided by our experienced leaders.

Grasmere Lake

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Plan your own adventure at your own pace with our easy-tofollow routes in the Southern Lake District. Explore picturesque lakes, rolling hills, and charming villages in locations like Grasmere and Coniston.

Coniston Water

Tread Lightly

Walking with Sightseeing

3 nts from £425pp | 4 nts from £679pp

3 nts from £545pp | 4 nts from £735pp | 7 nts from £1,239pp

Months of travel: Apr, Jun, Jul, Sep & Oct

Small group holiday

Walking grades

Months of travel: Jun & Aug

Explore the rich cultural landscape and mesmerising beauty of the Southern Lake District. With transport-free walks direct from the doorstep of our country house, this holiday helps reduce our carbon footprint.

Hawkshead

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Walking grade Enjoy a mix of shorter guided walks (4-5 miles) and time spent sightseeing at Cathedral Cave, Beatrix Potter’s Hill Top, and much more. Convenient coach travel and the services of an HF Holidays Leader is included.

Cathedral Cave

Family Walking Adventure

Wainwright Bagging Southern Fells

7 nts from £1,349pp plus kids go free*

10 nts from £1,899pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: Apr, Jul, Aug & Oct

Months of travel: May & Sep

Xxxxxxx

Walking grades

Xxxxxxx

Get the kids active with a choice of up to four walks a day guided by our experienced leaders. Make long-lasting memories as you meet families who share your love of walking and discover trails that all ages can enjoy.

Lake District

Choice of up to 4 walks per day

Northern England Southern Lake District

Guided Walking

Wastwater and Wasdale

Walking grade Conquer all 30 fell tops from Alfred Wainwright’s Southern Fells guidebook. Let our leaders guide you to outstanding peaks including Scafell Pike, England’s tallest mountain. Wainwright Bagging holidays are also available from the Northern Lake District. See page 58-59 for details.

Discovery Tours, Gentle Guided Walking, Challenge, Guided Walking for Solos, Festive, and Navigation holidays are also available from this location. Please see pages 18, 58, 60, 64 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk * Up to three under 11s go free per paying adult in 2025 at all UK country houses.

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the Southern Lake District Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Tarn Hows and Coniston Follow in Beatrix Potter’s footsteps with a walk through the woods from Monk Coniston to Tarn Hows.

This route returns to Coniston Village via Yew Tree Farm, a property gifted to the National Trust by the author herself.

Medium walks: Rydal Water and Loughrigg Fell Start in Grasmere and head past Wordsworth’s Dove Cottage to join the old Coffin Route to Rydal.

Cross Rydal Water and visit the impressive Rydal Cave before reaching the summit of Loughrigg Fell. Gently descending paths lead back to Ambleside.

Harder walks: Langdale Pikes Explore the popular Langdale Pikes with visits to the summits of Pavey Ark, Harrison Stickle, Pike O’Stickle and Rossett Pike. This walk along the Langdale skyline contains some of the Lake District’s most iconic peaks.

Langdale Pikes

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

51

Northern Lake District Northern England

“What I love about our house is watching the seasons change. The transition of colours throughout the year and sightings of deer, frogs, pheasants and hedgehogs that live here are my favourite.”

Conor, HF Holidays House Manager

Derwent Bank

Staying at our country house in the Northern Lake District

Derwent Bank Keswick

Derwent Bank lounge

Set right on the shores of Derwentwater, the location of this 40-bedroom country house is hard to top. There are beautiful views from its garden rooms, orangery, and terrace, and it boasts gorgeous grounds that slope right down to the lake. What’s more, you’ll be just a short walk from the bustling market town of Keswick.

Derwent Bank garden

Countryside location

Extensive grounds

Great for big groups

Lake views

Transfers available from the train station

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l

40 guest rooms, most with lake, garden, or fell views

l

Comfortable lounge

l

Attractive orangery

l

Outdoor terrace

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 54

52

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £465pp | 4 nts from £589pp | 7 nts from £969pp

3 nts from £389pp | 4 nts from £475pp | 7 nts from £825pp

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov & Dec Walking grades

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov & Dec Walking grades

The Northern Lake District is brimming with breathtaking scenery and glorious trails. Visit standout spots such as Cat Bells, Blencathra, and more guided by our experienced leaders.

Set out on your own adventure in the Northern Lake District. Use our easy-to-follow routes, maps, and 24-hour support as you explore this stunning region at your own pace.

Choice of up to 3 walks per day Cat Bells

Ashness Bridge

Gentle Guided Walking

Tread Lightly

3 nts from £525pp | 4 nts from £689pp | 7 nts from £1,099pp

3 nts from £429pp

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, & Oct

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Jun, Sep, Oct & Nov

Walking grades Enjoy gentle Northern Lake District walking routes that minimise rough ground and gradients without compromising on sights or scenery. Choose from three different-grade daily walks, including one of just 3-4 miles.

Aira Force waterfall

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Walking grades Discover the wonders of the Northern Lake District with a low-impact experience. By setting out on walks direct from the doorstep of our country house, this transport-free holiday helps reduce your carbon footprint.

Derwent Water

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Walking with Sightseeing

Scafell Pike Challenge

7 nts from £1,099pp | Small group holiday

3 nts from £525pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: Apr, Jun & Aug

Months of travel: Apr, May & Aug

Xxxxxxx

Walking grade

Xxxxxxx

A mix of shorter guided walks (4-6 miles) combined with time spent sightseeing. Visit big-name sights and beauty spots on foot and by convenient coach travel, all guided by our experienced leaders.

Castlerigg Stone Circle

Northern England Northern Lake District

Guided Walking

Walking grade Take on the Scafell Pike Challenge and conquer England’s highest peak with the help of our experienced leaders. Enjoy the thrill of the ascent and feel a huge sense of achievement.

Scafell Pike

Festive breaks, Challenge, Music & Singing, Navigation and Discovery Tours are also available from this location. Please see pages 58, 60 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the Northern Lake District Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Ullswater Way & Aira Force Stroll through fields and woodlands from Bennethead, following the path along Gowbarrow for views over Ullswater. Visit Aira Force waterfall and follow the Ullswater Way to Glenridding.

Medium walks: Cat Bells Leaving from Derwent Bank, head up the Cat Bells ridge, one of the most popular fells in the Lake District for its excellent views over Derwentwater. Descend along the lakeside path and walk part of the Cumbria Way. Harder walks: Scafell Pike Climb Scafell Pike, England’s highest summit. Head up via Grains Gill and Esk Hause and descend via the Corridor Route. Expect rough ground and steep paths but a huge sense of achievement at reaching the top.

Cat Bells summit

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

53

Northumberland Northern England

“Excellent location close to the sea. Walk leaders excellent and the walk choices unique, beautiful scenery and wildlife. All managed in an efficient manner. Really enjoyed the holiday, with social activities if required.”

HF Holidays Guest

Nether Grange

Staying at our country house in Northumberland

Nether Grange Alnmouth Nether Grange lounge

Part of our HF Holidays lineup since 1947, Nether Grange never loses its appeal. Nestled in the colourful coastal village of Alnmouth, this former 18th-century granary has excellent views over Northumberland’s National Landscape-awarded coastline, especially from its attractive terrace garden which comes complete with a giant chess set.

Alnmouth

Coastal location

Sea views

Great for small groups

Upgrade or choose your room

Features & Facilities l

36 guest rooms, many with sea views

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Conservatory and ballroom

l

Outdoor terrace

l

Terraced garden

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 43

54

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £465pp | 4 nts from £589pp | 7 nts from £969pp

3 nts from £389pp | 4 nts from £475pp | 7 nts from £825pp

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct & Nov Walking grades

Let our experienced leaders introduce you to the raw beauty of England’s northernmost county. Explore Northumberland’s rugged countryside and National Landscape-awarded coastline with a choice of up to three walks a day.

Alnmouth

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Enjoy the freedom and flexibility to do as much or as little as you like. Choose from a range of easy-to-follow walking routes and explore local attractions such as the Cheviot Hills and Alnwick Castle.

Cheviot Hills

Gentle Guided Walking

Walking with Sightseeing

3 nts from £525pp | 4 nts from £689pp | 7 nts from £1,099pp

3 nts from £525pp | 4 nts from £689pp | 7 nts from £1,099pp

Months of travel: May, Jul & Oct

Small group holiday

Walking grades

Months of travel: Apr, Jun, Aug & Oct

Discover Northumberland at a more relaxed pace with a choice of three different-grade daily walks, including a gentle walk of 3-4 miles. Routes feature Alnwick Castle, Craster, Beadnell Bay, and more.

Alnwick Castle

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Walking grade

Combine shorter walks (4-5 miles) guided by our expert leaders with time spent sightseeing. Visit attractions such as Bamburgh, Lindisfarne, or even the Farne Islands – home to thousands of seabirds and grey seals.

Farne Islands

Northumberland Coast Path Guided Trail

St Oswald’s Way Coastal Guided Trail

7 nts from £965pp | Small group holiday

7 nts from £1,099pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: Apr, Aug & Oct Xxxxxxx

Walking grade

Months of travel: Apr & Sep

Walking grade

Xxxxxxx

Walk one of the finest coastlines in the country with a 62-mile route that crosses two National Nature Reserves. Discover castles that played a key role in British history and visit the iconic tidal island of Lindisfarne.

Lindisfarne

Northern England Northumberland

Guided Walking

Follow in the footsteps of the 7th-century King of Northumbria as you walk the coastal stretches of St Oswald’s Way. Or walk the full 97-mile route including a visit to Hadrian’s Wall on our St Oswald’s Complete Guided Trail.

Bamburgh Castle

Festive breaks, Guided Trails, Explore Nature holidays, and Discovery Tours are also available from this location. Please see pages 60, 64 & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in Northumberland Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Beadnell to Bamburgh Stroll along Northumberland’s National Landscape-awarded coastline from Beadnell to Seahouses.

Admire the lively harbour before continuing to the strikingly beautiful Bamburgh Castle, keeping an eye out for seabirds and seals along the way.

Medium walks: Dunstanburgh Castle Walk from Embleton to the impressive clifftop ruins of Dunstanburgh Castle. Follow a section of the Northumberland Coast Path to Alnmouth and spot fulmars, razorbills, and kittiwakes en route.

Harder walks: Hill Forts & High Hills Explore the historic landscapes of the Ingram Valley with views of the River Breamish and ancient forts.

From the highest point, enjoy panoramic views stretching to the eastern boundary of Northumberland National Park.

Dunstanburgh Castle

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support TeamSales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

55

Scottish Highlands Northern Scotland

“Stunning scenery, fresh air, great walks, and Scottish history all on the doorstep. What’s not to love about the West coast of Scotland? There’s nowhere I’d rather be.”

Andrew, HF Holidays House Manager

Alltshellach

Staying at our country house in the Scottish Highlands

Alltshellach Glen Coe Alltshellach swimming pool

For a combination of mountain views and olde-worlde charm, this stately Scottish house in North Ballachulish has an enviable setting right on the shores of Loch Leven. The walking opportunities here are every bit as rugged and romantic as you’d expect, especially around Ardgour, Bidean and Glen Nevis.

Alltshellach garden

Countryside location

Swimming pool

Extensive grounds

Great for big groups

Transfers available from the train station

EV charging stations

Features & Facilities l

l l

38 guest rooms, many with views of the loch Three lounges Wooded grounds leading down to Loch Leven

l

A well-stocked Scottish whisky selection

l

Boot room and drying room

l

Discovery Point with walking routes

l

Heated indoor swimming pool

Exclusive hire of the whole house Our country houses are available for exclusive bookings, accommodating groups of various sizes for any occasion.

The minimum number of people for exclusive occupancy at this house is: 50

56

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Upgrade or choose your room Go for a little extra space with a Premium or Superior room from £20 extra per person per night.

Or choose your room for an additional £30.

Holidays available from this house

Self-Guided Walking

3 nts from £459pp | 4 nts from £585pp | 7 nts from £965pp

3 nts from £385pp | 4 nts from £469pp | 7 nts from £819pp

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep & Oct Walking grades

Walking grades The landscape surrounding our country house showcases Scotland’s scenery at its most dramatic. Enjoy guided walks that explore rugged peaks, glistening lochs, and heather-covered glens in the Scottish Highlands.

Ben Nevis from Corpach

Choice of up to 3 walks per day

Discover the stunning scenery and historic sites of the Scottish Highlands at your own pace using our easy-to-follow routes and step-by-step instructions. Ideal for those confident to navigate on their own.

West Highland Way

Gentle Guided Walking

Walking with Sightseeing

3 nts from £515pp | 4 nts from £685pp | 7 nts from £1,089pp

7 nts from £1,089pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: Apr, Jul & Sep

Months of travel: Apr & May

Walking grades These holidays offer a choice of three different-grade daily walks, including a gentle 4-5 mile option, so you can enjoy the majestic landscapes of the Scottish Highlands with ease.

Walking grade These holidays offer a perfect mix of shorter guided walks (4-6 miles) and sightseeing. Explore castles, ancient ruins, and the rich cultural heritage of the area with hassle-free coach travel and a knowledgeable leader.

Choice of up to 3 walks per day Loch Leven

Glenfinnan Viaduct

Family Walking Adventure

Ben Nevis Challenge

7 nts from £1,349pp plus kids go free*

3 nts from £545pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: Aug

Months of travel: Jun & Aug

Xxxxxxx

Walking grades

Xxxxxxx

Few places rival the Scottish Highlands for family adventures.

Discover historic battle sites, hit the heights on the UK’s only gondola-style chairlift, and use the grounds of our country house as the perfect playground.

Ballachulish

Northern Scotland Scottish Highlands

Guided Walking

Choice of up to 4 walks per day

Walking grade The lofty peak of Ben Nevis has long beckoned walkers and climbers. Join an experienced HF Holidays Leader and a group of like-minded walkers and take on the challenge of beating Britain’s tallest mountain.

Ben Nevis

Discovery Tours, Guided Walking for Solos, Guided Trails, and Festive breaks are also available from this location. Please see pages 18, 60, & 68 for details or visit hfholidays.co.uk * Up to three under 11s go free per paying adult in 2025 at all UK country houses.

What to expect on a Guided Walking holiday in the Scottish Highlands Here’s an example of the walks available from this house:

Daily walk options

Walking grades

Easier walks: Historic Glencoe Explore Glencoe’s majestic scenery and haunting past on this short walking route. Follow gentle woodland paths to the “Hospital Lochan” and learn about the history of the MacDonald clan before reaching Clachaig Inn - a hostel that’s been a favourite with walkers for decades.

Medium walks: Isle of Lismore Take a ferry to Lismore Island for an excellent walk that visits Port Ramsay, a Pictish Broch, and ancient castle ruins. There’s also views across Loch Linnhe towards the mountains of Glen Coe and the Isle of Mull.

Harder walks: Ben Nevis Climb Ben Nevis, Scotland’s highest mountain, via the Pony Track. Standing 1,345 metres above sea level, the summit offers incredible views after a challenging but rewarding ascent.

Glen Coe

Other walking options are available: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

57

Challenge holidays Challenge holidays require more stamina but reward with spectacular scenery and maximum bragging rights. Take on an exhilarating walking challenge with the help of our experienced HF Holidays Leaders and tick-off some of the UK’s highest mountains and wildest landscapes. We take care of everything from planning to navigation, you just need to focus on enjoying the journey in these small group experiences.

Scafell Pike, Lake District

Helvellyn, Lake District

Pen-y-ghent, Southern Yorkshire Dales

NEW Northern Lake District Wainwright Bagging Holiday – The Far Eastern Fells

NEW Wainwright Bagging Southern Fells Challenge

7 nights from £1,399pp

10 nights from £1,899pp

Walking grade

Months of travel: Jun, Jul & Aug

Months of travel: May & Sep

Bag no less than 35 of the fells that legendary author and walker Alfred Wainwright describes in his Far Eastern Fells book.

Staying at our country house in the Northern Lake District

Climb 30 fell tops on a stunning journey through the Lake District from the tranquil valley of Langdale to the rugged peak of Scafell Pike.

Staying at our country house in the Southern Lake District

Scafell Pike Challenge

Helvellyn via the Edges Challenge

3 nights from £525pp

58

Walking grade

Walking grade

3 nights from £525pp

Walking grade

Months of travel: Apr, May & Aug

Months of travel: May, Jul, Aug & Sep

England’s highest mountain looms large over the Lake District. Join us for a trek to the summit that rewards with a huge sense of achievement.

Staying at our country house in the Northern Lake District

Summit Helvellyn on a walking holiday that will test your endurance amongst one of the Lake District’s most captivating landscapes.

Staying at our country house in the Northern Lake District

Yorkshire Three Peaks Challenge

Ben Nevis Challenge

3 nights from £525pp

3 nights from £545pp

Walking grade

Walking grade

Months of travel: May, Aug & Oct

Months of travel: Jun & Aug

Take on the famous Yorkshire Three Peaks challenge and summit Pen-y-ghent, Whernside, and Ingleborough all in one weekend.

Staying at our country house in the Southern Yorkshire Dales

Conquer Britain’s highest and most iconic mountain for serious bragging rights and (on a clear day) staggering views over Glen Nevis and beyond.

Staying at our country house in the Scottish Highlands

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

“A fabulous week bagging all 35 fells in Wainwright’s Eastern guide. Our leaders were excellent. Derwent Bank made a great base, with efficient transfers to and from the walks. The lovely accommodation, super food, activities, friendly staff and a great group all made an excellent holiday.”

HF Holidays Guest

NEW Skyline Challenge holidays Our all-new Skyline series of walks are perfect for those that want to take on an exhilarating weekend walking challenge with the help of an experienced HF Holidays Leader. Spend your Saturday and Sunday climbing some of the most popular peaks and highpoints an area has to offer to be rewarded with spectacular views and a huge sense of achievement.

Coniston Water, Lake District

Southern Lake District Skyline Challenge 3 nights from £545pp

Walking grade

Months of travel: Jun & Aug Tackle Tarn Hows, Black Crag and Holme Fell, Wetherlam via Steel Edge and the summits of Swirl How and the Old Man of Coniston.

Staying at our country house in the Southern Lake District

Long Mynd, Shropshire

Edale Valley, Peak District

Shropshire Hills Skyline Challenge

Peak District Skyline Challenge

3 nights from £545pp

3 nights from £545pp

Walking grade

Walking grade

Months of travel: May & Jul

Months of travel: May & Aug

Hit the famous highpoints including the Long Mynd, Caer Caradoc, Ragleth, Hope Bowdler Hills and the Lawley for maximum bragging rights.

Staying at our country house in the Shropshire Hills

Take on the famous Edale skyline with summits including Brown Knoll, Mam Tor, Back Tor, Lose Hill, and Win Hill.

Staying at our country house in the Peak District

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

59

Discovery Tours Our Discovery Tours focus on sightseeing aboard a comfortable coach. Led by an HF Holidays Leader, you’ll enjoy full day visits to some of the best attractions a destination has to offer. Looking to go even further from the beaten track? Turn the page to read about our NEW small group Discover More tours.

Bamburgh Castle, Northumberland

60

NEW North York Moors Discovery Tour

Northumberland Discovery Tour

7 nights from £1,219pp | Months of travel: May & Jun

7 nights from £1,085pp | Months of travel: Mar, Jun, Sep & Oct

A guided tour of North Yorkshire’s main attractions. This trip includes visits to Castle Howard and Yorkshire Lavender, a steam train ride across the North York Moors and time in the UNESCO-listed landscape gardens of Rievaulx Terrace.

Staying at our country house Larpool Hall in the North York Moors

Tour the mighty castles of Bamburgh and Warkworth, find out about Roman Britain at award-winning museums along Hadrian’s Wall, and take a boat trip around the Farne Islands – a home to nesting birds and a thriving grey seal colony.

Staying at our country house Nether Grange in Northumberland

Brecon Beacons Discovery Tour

Cornwall Discovery Tour

7 nights from £1,429pp | Months of travel: Jun & Jul

7 nights from £1,299pp | Months of travel: Jul & Oct

Learn about medieval life at Tretower Court and Castle and the region’s mining past in UNESCO-listed Blaenavon. You’ll also enjoy a ride on the Brecon Mountain Railway and a riverboat cruise along the River Tawe.

Staying at our country house Nythfa House in the Brecon Beacons

We’ve lined up a bucketful of Cornwall’s must-see sights. Visit Geevor Tin Mine, spend time in storied smuggling haunts like Mousehole and Penzance, and enjoy a boat ride on the Fal estuary.

Staying at our country house Chy Morvah in Cornwall

Cotswolds Discovery Tour

Isle of Wight Discovery Tour

7 nights from £1,429pp | Months of travel: May & Aug

7 nights from £1,299pp | Months of travel: Jul, Oct

Visit the Taj Mahal-inspired Sezincote House and spend time at Blenheim Palace – birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill. You’ll also get to ride on the Gloucestershire & Warwickshire Steam Railway and learn about the royal history of Sudeley Castle.

Staying at our country house Harrington House in the Cotswolds

Journey around the island to enjoy postcard-worthy views of the Needles, admire exotic plants at Ventnor Botanic Gardens, and spend time at ancient Carisbrooke Castle. To top it all, there’s a ride aboard the Isle of Wight Steam Railway.

Staying at our country house Freshwater Bay House on the Isle of Wight

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Discovery Tours

Whitby Abbey, North Yorkshire

Port Isaac, Cornwall

The Needles, Isle of Wight

3 & 4-night Discovery Tours are also available

Brecon Mountain Railway, Brecon Beacons

Bibury, Cotswolds

Peak District Discovery Tour

Southern Yorkshire Dales Discovery Tour

7 nights from £1,219pp | Months of travel: Jun & Oct

7 nights from £1,349pp | Months of travel: Jun & Sep

This Peak District tour packs in plenty of highlights. Learn the history of the 11th century Haddon Hall, find out about the industrial revolution at Cromford Mills, and uncover the story of Eyam and its battle against the Great Plague in 1665.

Staying at our country house The Peveril of the Peak in the Peak District

Wander the ruins and parkland of UNESCO-listed Fountains Abbey, visit the Roman spa town of Harrogate, and explore medieval York’s top attractions. There’s also time to stop by the former home of the Brontë sisters and admire Malham Cove.

Staying at our country house Newfield Hall in the Southern Yorkshire Dales

Shropshire Hills Discovery Tour

Scottish Highlands Discovery Tour

7 nights from £1,349pp | Months of travel: May & Sep

7 nights from £1,429pp | Months of travel: Jun

A glimpse of Roman Britain in Wroxeter and cross the border into Wales for a journey aboard the Welshpool and Llanfair Light Railway. Other highlights include visits to the medieval town of Ludlow and UNESCOlisted Ironbridge.

Staying at our country house Longmynd Country House in the Shropshire Hills

Combining Scottish Highland scenery with classic sightseeing, this tour includes a boat cruise across Loch Shiel to admire the world-famous Glenfinnan Viaduct, a visit to the castle-crowned island of Eilean Donan, and a trip to Oban – Scotland’s seafood capital.

Staying at our country house Alltshellach in the Scottish Highlands

“Nether Grange was a wonderful place to stay and it was right by the sea in a lovely village. The Discovery tour was excellent.

We had a very knowledgeable guide. The choice of places to go was spot on. I thoroughly recommend this trip.”

HF Holidays Guest

Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search ‘discovery tours’ or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

61

NEW Discover More Tours New for 2025, our Discover More collection is an exclusive way to explore the UK’s hidden gems. These small-group tours go off the beaten track to reveal the country’s best-kept secrets - places not usually possible as part of a larger party.

“Our new Discover More Tours are designed to shine a light on local talent and expertise, often out of reach of the masses, to reveal the hidden histories of the places we visit and the stories of the people who caretake the landscapes today.”

Wendy, HF Holidays Team

Discover More Tours go beyond simple sightseeing - they’re about connecting with the essence of each destination, uncovering stories that often go untold, and sharing extraordinary experiences with a select group of like-minded people.

Whether it’s meeting a fell farmer and their flock in the Lake District, taking a cider making class in Exmoor, or riding a steam train through the Derbyshire countryside, these tours offer a richer, more immersive holiday experience.

Winnats Pass, Peak District

62

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Introducing our new exclusive Discover More Tours Discover More Tours

Exmoor Discover More Tour

West Somerset Railway

7 nights from £1,429pp | Small group holiday Months of travel: May & Aug Discover an Exmoor only the locals know. Follow in the footsteps of literary greats in the Valley of Rocks, dive into Porlock Bay’s maritime past at an oyster farm and get facts on Exmoor’s endangered ponies - the oldest native pony breed in Britain - from a national park guide. It’s all capped with a scenic journey on the West Somerset Railway, ideal for taking in the region’s natural beauty.

Staying at our country house Holnicote House in Exmoor

Peak District Discover More Tour 7 nights from £1,299pp | Small group holiday Months of travel: Apr & Sep Explore historic country estates, dramatic scenery, and places that played a pivotal role in the Peak District’s past. Find out how it became the UK’s first national park, enjoy a heritage railway ride through the Ecclesbourne Valley, and visit to Crich Tramway Village - a living museum. There’s also a private tour of Tissington Hall, an early 17thcentury Jacobean manor and Grade II-listed building.

Staying at our country house The Peveril of the Peak in the Peak District

Tissington Hall

South Downs Discover More Tour

Southern Lake District Discover More Tour

7 nights from £1,429pp | Small group holiday

7 nights from £1,299 pp | Small group holiday

Months of travel: Jul & Oct

Months of travel: Apr, Jun & Aug

Explore Sussex and the South Downs like a local with this fascinating smallgroup tour. Taste award-winning wines at the Wiston Estate, walk through the wildlife haven of Pulborough Brooks, and uncover Roman history at Bignor Villa. There’ll also be a trip to historic Hever Castle, a chance to watch traditional crafts in action at Amberley Museum, plus a scenic ride on the Bluebell Railway.

Staying at our country house Abingworth Hall in the South Downs

Uncover a lesser-known side of the Southern Lake District. Visit Yew Tree Farm to meet the region’s hardy native sheep, witness authentic Lakeland craftsmanship at Stott Park Bobbin Mill, and taste award-winning gin with the owners of Shed One Distillery. You’ll also drop by Dove Cottage for a talk about William Wordsworth from its curators and ride the Steam Yacht Gondola across Coniston Water.

Staying at our country house Monk Coniston in the Southern Lake District

Wiston Estate harvest

Elephant hawk-moth

Herdwick Sheep

Western Yorkshire Dales Discover More Tour 7 nights from £1,429pp | Small group holiday Months of travel: May & Sep Discover the places that have helped shape the Western Yorkshire Dales on this small group tour. Taste Wensleydale cheese at its famous creamery, explore Sedbergh, England’s official book town, and stop by Cotter Force waterfall. You’ll also visit the historic Lake District market town of Kendal, plus a family-run farm in Ravenstonedale to see how local goat’s cheese is made.

Staying at our country house Thorns Hall in the Western Yorkshire Dales Wensleydale cheese with cranberries

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

63

Special interest holidays & activity breaks Our special interest holidays are all about embracing new skills and talents (as well as igniting passions for old ones). They tick the boxes for a rewarding group break, too. We’ve got something for everyone; from playing bridge and reading literary classics, to singing, dancing, painting and cookery.

“Really enjoyed the opportunity to sit and craft all morning. The bonus was being able to walk from the house in the afternoon as a small self organised group.”

HF Holidays Guest

Arts & Crafts Holidays

The promise of never being far from beautiful surroundings provides the inspiration for creative holidays that cater for all ability levels; from beginners to the more experienced. Share your design ideas, kickstart a new crafts project, and spend time learning new techniques.

Come & Craft 3 nights from £385pp | 4 nights from £475pp Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar, Oct, Nov & Dec Staying at our country house in Exmoor, North York Moors, Shropshire Hills, Southern Yorkshire Dales & Peak District

3 nights from £459pp | 4 nights from £549pp Small group holiday | Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr, Oct & Nov Staying at our country house in the Cotswolds, Peak District & South Downs

Introduction to Drawing and Next Step Drawing 3 nights from £459pp | 4 nights from £549pp Small group holiday | Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Oct & Nov Staying at our country house in the Cotswolds, Peak District, South Downs & Southern Yorkshire Dales

Introduction to Acrylics and Next Step Acrylics

Experimental Portraits

3 nights from £459pp | 4 nights from £549pp

3 nights from £459pp | 4 nights from £549pp

Small group holiday | Months of travel: Feb, Apr, Oct & Nov

Small group holiday | Months of travel: Feb, Oct & Nov

Staying at our country house in the Cotswolds & South Downs

64

Introduction to Watercolours and Next Step Watercolour

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Staying at our country house in the Southern Yorkshire Dales

Navigation Skills Holidays

Go beyond simply opening an app. Learn how to read maps, find grid references, work a compass, and plan your own walks. No experience is needed.

Navigation Skills for Beginners 3 nights from £425pp Small group holiday | Months of travel: Jan, Mar, Apr, Oct & Dec Staying at our country house in the Northern or Southern Lake District, Peak District, Shropshire Hills & Southern Yorkshire Dales

Navigation for Women 3 nights from £425pp Small group holiday | Months of travel: Feb, Mar & Oct

Staying at our country house in the Brecon Beacons, Shropshire Hills, Southern Yorkshire Dales & Exmoor

Explore Nature Holidays

Visit the best birdwatching sites on the Northumberland coast, and in the evening, enjoy talks, tips, and advice from a local ornithologist.

Self-Guided Bird Watching 3 nights from £365pp | 4 nights from £449pp

Guided Bird Watching 3 nights from £529pp | 4 nights from £649pp Small group holiday | Months of travel: Feb, Mar & Nov Staying at our country house in Northumberland

Literary Holidays

Share your love of literature with like-minded people.

Explore texts, discuss story ideas, and perhaps find inspiration to pen your own novel.

HF Book Club 3 nights from £459pp | 4 nights from £599pp Months of travel: Mar & Nov Staying at our country house in the Cotswolds, Peak District & South Downs

Creative Writing & Walking 4 nights from £669pp | 7 nights from £1,159pp Small group holiday | Months of travel: Feb, Apr, Oct & Dec

Staying at our country house in the Shropshire Hills, South Downs & Peak District

Mind & Body Focus on your mental and physical well-being with daily yoga or Pilates classes led by expert tutors in our country houses. Plus enjoy guided half day walks too.

Pilates & Walking 3 nights from £469pp | 4 nights from £529pp Months of travel: Mar, Apr, Sep & Oct Staying at our country house in the Shropshire Hills, South Downs & Southern Yorkshire Dales “The tuition was first class - teacher went at just the right pace and introduced us to several approaches and techniques each day. Thanks to HF for yet another delightful activity holiday.”

HF Holidays Guest

Yoga & Walking 3 nights from £429pp | 4 nights from £529pp Months of travel: Feb, Mar & Oct Staying at our country house in the Shropshire Hills, Southern Yorkshire Dales & North York Moors Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

65

Special interest holidays & activity breaks

Bridge holidays Enjoy morning bridge sessions and evening competitions led by EBU-qualified directors. Perfect for beginners or experienced players. Solo players welcome.

Introduction to Bridge Holiday 3 nights from £459pp | Small group holiday Months of travel: Feb & Oct Staying at our country house in the Cotswolds & South Downs

Improve your Bridge Holiday 4 nights from £549pp Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Oct & Nov Staying at our country house in the Cotswolds, Shropshire Hills, South Downs & Peak District

Stay & Play Bridge 3 nights from £469pp | 4 nights from £489pp 7 nights from £1,035pp

Board Games Break Connect with like-minded people as you enjoy fun and games at our cosy country houses. Choose from our board games or bring your own.

3 nights from £385pp Months of travel: Jan & Nov Staying at our country house in the Peak District & Shropshire Hills

Months of travel: Apr, May, Oct & Nov Staying at our country house in the Peak District, Shropshire Hills & Southern Yorkshire Dales

Bridge & Walking Holiday 3 nights from £549pp | 4 nights from £599pp 7 nights from £1,169pp Months of travel: Apr, May, Oct & Nov Staying at our country house in the Peak District, Shropshire Hills, South Downs & Southern Yorkshire Dales

New Year Bridge 4 nights from £909pp Months of travel: Dec Staying at our country house in the Shropshire Hills

Music & Singing

Our music holidays hit the perfect note. They celebrate creativity and bring people together regardless of talent and experience. All that’s needed is an open mind and your best efforts.

66

HF Folk Jam

Choir & Walking

3 nights from £459pp

3 nights from £459pp | 4 nights from £559pp

Months of travel: Feb & Nov Staying at our country house in the Peak District & Southern Yorkshire Dales

Months of travel: Mar, Oct & Nov Staying at our country house in the Northern Lake District, Shropshire HIlls, Southern Yorkshire Dales & Peak District

HF Choir

HF Choir: Songs for Christmas

3 nights from £429pp | 4 nights from £529pp

4 nights from £529pp

Months of travel: Mar, Oct & Nov Staying at our country house in the Northern Lake District, Southern Yorkshire Dales, Shropshire Hills & Peak District

Months of travel: Nov Staying at our country house in the Peak District

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

We have TV talent shows such as Strictly Come Dancing to thank for our love of all things Jive, Waltz, Foxtrot, Quickstep, and Cha-cha-cha. So it’s no surprise that our dance-themed holidays are such a big hit; not least because they allow all abilities to shine as they perfect their skills on the floor.

Led by highly experienced dance teachers, our Come & Dance weekends are perfect for dancers with a little bit of experience looking to dust off their shoes. Not only do fun daily classes and workshops pull focus on Latin, folk, line, sequence, or ballroom dance steps, but there’s plenty of time to practice techniques with your fellow guests, too.

Enjoy tutored sessions in the mornings with a focus on Ballroom and Latin style dances, such as Foxtrot, Waltz, Samba, and Jive, with free time in the afternoons to explore the surroundings of our country house and a social dance every evening.

Come & Dance 3 nights from £399pp

Special interest holidays & activity breaks

Come & Dance

Months of travel: Mar & Nov Staying at our country house in the Southern Yorkshire Dales

“Such good fun, excellent food, outstanding leaders and lovely, friendly guests. An atmosphere of mutual appreciation and respect, cooperating together to make something artistic work.”

HF Holidays Guest

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

67

Step into the festive season We’re all about Yuletide cheer at HF Holidays and what better way to make Christmas and the New Year truly memorable than staying in one of our characterful country houses. Fun is guaranteed for everyone; whether you’re with family and friends or travelling solo.

“A really enjoyable festive break - all great fun. On the back of it all we’ve just booked for Christmas next year!”

HF Holidays Guest

Christmas & New Year Guided and Self-guided walking breaks We pull out all the stops at this time of year and celebrate with a sprinkling of festive cheer, seasonal food, and plenty of special treats to get you in a merry mood. Best of all, you’ll be in one of our 15 stunning locations just a skip away from the UK’s best-loved national parks and National Landscapes – ideal for guided or self-guided winter walks in the great outdoors.

Guided Walking 3 nights from £589pp | 4 nights from £979pp | 7 nights from £1,329pp Months of travel: Dec Staying at all of our country houses

Self-Guided Walking 3 nights from £479pp | 4 nights from £905pp | 7 nights from £1,219pp Months of travel: Dec Staying at all of our country houses

What’s included on a festive break Full-board including breakfast and generous packed lunches A mulled wine reception on arrival Daily afternoon teas complete with Christmas cake and mince pies Seasonally themed three-course evening meals

68

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Christmas Markets & Winter walking breaks Cotswolds 3 nights from £459pp Months of travel: Nov & Dec Staying at our country house in the Cotswolds

Step into the festive season

Add an extra sprinkling of magic to your winter. Our Christmas Markets & Winter Walking breaks combine a choice of guided walks with visits to some of the best festive experiences in Britain.

North York Moors 3 nights from £459pp Months of travel: Nov Staying at our country house in the North York Moors

Peak District 3 nights from £459pp Months of travel: Nov Staying at our country house in the Peak District

Festive Special Interest breaks Take part in a variety of festive themed special interest breaks including new Christmas Craft weekends, learning from local specialists including wreath making, glass fusing, and candle making.

NEW Christmas Craft weekends

New Year Bridge Break in the Shropshire Hills

3 nights from £529pp

4 nights from £909pp

Months of travel: Nov & Dec Staying at our country house in the Peak District & Shropshire Hills

Months of travel: Dec Staying at our country house in the Shropshire Hills

HF Choir: Songs for Christmas in the Peak District 4 nights from £529pp Months of travel: Nov Staying at our country house in the Peak District

Try something different this Christmas with our Festive abroad holidays If you fancy escaping the UK and getting away from the baubles and tinsel, we’ve got a selection of sunny winter walking breaks in Cyprus and the Canary Islands for those wanting a new take on yuletide traditions.

Or if you really want to get into the festive spirit, take a trip to the magical Christmas markets of Austria, or head out on one of our winter adventures in Switzerland and Norway.

Turn to pages: 101, 102, 107, 123, 126 & 127

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

69

Walking together Whether you’re a group of friends, family, colleagues, or a club, we offer immensely rewarding holidays in the UK, Europe, and beyond. Whatever the occasion, the focus is always on getting together with like-minded people in a place with plenty to please everyone.

Our country houses in the UK are perfectly placed for groups and larger gatherings, hosted by our friendly and professional teams ready to take care of everything. We have rooms to suit all shapes and sizes, we make mealtimes easy, and offer a wealth of walks and activities for you to choose from.

“We were on a family walking week, our 5th! The children were entertained from the moment they got up until bedtime.”

Kids go FREE* in 2025

HF Holidays Guest

Family walking holidays

There’s nothing more precious than spending quality time with young ones, which is why our family walking adventures prove so popular. Getting active together in the great outdoors helps keep kids away from their screens and creates long lasting memories.

We’re keen to help young people foster a lifelong connection with the countryside from an early age. That’s why you’ll find Family Walking Adventures at six of our country houses , three of which have swimming pools, during the Easter, summer, and half-term holidays.

Our family holidays are available in: Cornwall | 7 nights from £1,475per adult Turn to page 31 Isle of Wight | 7 nights from £1,349per adult Turn to page 32 Southern Lake District Turn to page 50 4 nights from £625per adult | 7 nights from £1,349per adult North York Moors Turn to page 44 4 nights from £625per adult | 7 nights from £1,349per adult Exmoor Turn to page 30 4 nights from £625per adult | 7 nights from £1,349per adult Scottish Highlands | 7 nights from £1,349per adult Turn to page 56 Outside of our dedicated family holidays, children and teens are welcome at all our country houses, any time of year. Let us help you find your perfect family holiday, whatever that may look like.

Call our friendly team or visit hfholidays.co.uk/families for more information

70

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

*Up to three under 11s go free per paying adult in 2025 on UK family walking adventure holidays.

Groups of 10-plus adults can enjoy all sorts of fabulous savings and benefits, including the services of our Groups Team and your own dedicated Account Manager. For every group of 15 adults at our UK country houses, one will also go free, and group organisers enjoy a free room upgrade.

Benefits for your group One FREE place for every 15 guests at our UK country houses Savings on room upgrades and FREE upgrade to a premium or superior room for your group organiser at our UK Country Houses Allocated a dedicated Account Manager who will help pre-book activities, entertainment and offer recommendations Exclusive use of public rooms at our country houses Private group transfers from your hometown or nearest airport at discounted rates Low deposit to secure your group booking

Walking together

Great for groups

“We had a group holiday in Northumberland. Amazing location, lovely room, delicious food and everything catered for including evening entertainment. The staff were really efficient. Transport to and from all the walk starts, and very knowledgeable walk leaders. We really didn’t have to worry about a thing.”

HF Holidays Guest

Exclusive house hire

For larger groups, our country houses are available for exclusive hire. Have the entire house to yourselves, accommodating groups of various sizes, starting from as little as 31 guests to as many as 100. Ideal for a big family reunion, a long-overdue weekend with friends, a social outing with your club, or a work retreat with colleagues. Best of all, our friendly House Team will be on hand to ensure your stay is truly special.

Our Groups Team are ready to source the best possible packages and take care of everything, whether holidaying in the UK or abroad.

Call 020 3974 8865 or email groups@hfholidays.co.uk to get started

Coniston, Lake District

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

71

Partner Hotels

Hand-picked partner hotels When you travel with HF Holidays, where you stay is as much a part of the experience as what you see and do. We maintain the same high standards at our partner hotels as we do at our exclusive properties, ensuring that each one is carefully selected by our expert teams. This allows us to offer you more choice when it comes to walking, sightseeing, and exploring.

What you can expect from staying at a partner hotel l

l l

l

72

A warm welcome from our carefully selected partner hotels

l

Comfortable en-suite rooms

l

Guided walks led by our experienced HF Holidays Leaders

l

Cooked or continental breakfast every morning

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Three-course evening meals with choice at each course, plus tea & coffee Daily packed lunches on the majority of holidays please check individual web pages All transport to and from walks, plus any luggage transfers, where necessary

Shetland

Crown Hotel

Turn to page 75

Kingston Country Courtyard Turn to page 78

Moorland Hotel

Partner Hotels

A selection of some of our partner hotels at a glance

Orkney

Turn to page 77

Cape Wrath Jersey Lewis & the Channel Harris Islands

The Speech House Hotel

Cairngorms

Turn to page 80

Mull

Scotland

Iona

West Highland Way Arran Bulkeley Hotel Turn to page 81

Gwydyr Hotel Turn to page 82

Northern Ireland

Hadrian’s Wall

Northern Ireland Causeway St David’s Cross Hotel Turn to page 83

Coast to Coast Isle of Man

Moores Central Hotel Turn to page 85

Anglesey Northern Snowdonia

England Norfolk

Wales

Somerville Hotel Turn to page 85

Pembrokeshire Coast

The Boat Hotel Turn to page 86

Forest of Dean & Wye Valley

Dartmoor Ardlui Hotel

Turn to page 87

Kinloch Hotel

Turn to page 90

The Merkister Hotel Turn to page 89

Isles of Scilly

Dorset Shetland

Jersey & the Channel Islands

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

73

England Partner Hotels

“The Coast to Coast is one the UK’s most renowned long-distance trails, showcasing the very best of England’s extraordinary natural beauty. We’ve taken care of the complex logistics, so you can focus on enjoying the experience to the full.”

Sam, HF Holidays Team Ennerdale Water

Coast to Coast Guided Trail England | 15 nights

Itinerary

Land only from £3,259pp

Day 1

Meet your leader and group for optional transfer from St Bees railway station to your hotel

Day 2

Leave the Irish Sea at St Bees and climb Dent for views over the Lakeland Fells and Cumbrian coast

Day 3

Walk by Ennerdale Water, admire the impressive summit of Great Gable, and climb to Honister Pass

Day 4

Leave Borrowdale Valley, climb Greenup Edge, and visit Grasmere, once home to William Wordsworth

Day 5

Follow a packhorse track to Grisedale Hause for views over Grisedale Tarn. Descend to Patterdale

Day 6

Walk the ancient Roman road of High Street and alongside Haweswater to the ruins of Shap Abbey

Day 7

Visit scenic Sunbiggin Tarn and cross Ravenstonedale Moor to reach the market town of Kirkby Stephen

Day 8

Summit Nine Standards Rigg and reach the village of Keld by walking through Whitsundale and Swaledale

Day 9

Explore part of the Pennine Way, pass a former lead mine, and end in the attractive village of Reeth

Months of travel: Jun & Sep

Alfred Wainwright’s legendary Coast to Coast walking route crosses no less than three of England’s most stunning national parks. Journey through the Lake District, the Yorkshire Dales, and the North York Moors as we walk from the Irish Sea to the North Sea on one scenery-packed adventure.

Your holiday includes: Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l Luggage transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Walk along the River Swale to Marrick Priory and round off in Richmond, famous for its Norman castle Day 11

Cross the Vale of Mowbray’s fertile lowland plains, pass Bolton-onSwale, and finish at Danby Wiske

Day 12 Start the North York Moors section of the route via the Cleveland Hills, Scugdale, and Carlton Moor Day 13 Hike by the dramatic Wainstones to Clay Bank Top, ascend Carr Ridge, and follow a former railway line Day 14 Pass the ruins of the region’s ironstone mines and head through the Esk Valley to Grosmont

Pennine Way

View multi-centre accommodation online Lake District

St Bees

74

Day 16 Enjoy a leisurely breakfast before making your way home

North Pennines

Kirkby Shap Stephen Whitby Richmond Grasmere Robin Reeth Carlton Hood’s Bank Bay

Morecambe Bay

Day 15 Climb up and over Sleights Moor, then follow the Cleveland Way to finish at Robin Hood’s Bay

Yorkshire Dales

North York Moors

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Partner Hotels England

Hadrian’s Wall

Peel Crags

Hadrian’s Wall Complete Guided Trail

Best of Hadrian’s Wall Guided Trail

England | 7 nights

England | 6 nights

Land only from £1,299pp

Land only from £1,229pp

Months of travel: May, Jun, Jul & Sep

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Sep & Oct

Discover dramatic landscapes and Roman ruins as you conquer all 84 miles of the striking coast-to-coast walk that is the Hadrian’s Wall Path.

Walk the best sections of Hadrian’s Wall and visit its word-famous sites including Housesteads, Vindolanda, and Birdoswald Roman fort.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l Luggage transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Comfortable en-suite accommodation Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 2

Walk from Bowness-on-Solway to Carlisle

Day 2

Explore Lanercost Priory, Birdoswald & Willowford

Day 3

Pass the ruins of Lanercost Priory en-route to Banks

Day 3

Pass by Thirlwall Castle and Cawfield Crags

Day 4

Walk by turrets, towers, castles, crags, and forts

Day 4

Visit Housesteads and the ruins of Vindolanda

Day 5

Steel Rigg, Housesteads, and Chesters Roman Fort

Day 5

Enjoy views of Scotland en-route to Chesters Roman villa

Day 6

Views of the Cheviots en route to Heddon on the Wall

Day 6

Chollerford to Corbridge via Aydon Castle

Day 7

Walk along the banks of the Tyne to Segedunum Roman Fort

Day 7

Departure after breakfast

Day 8

Departure after breakfast

Carlisle Castle

Crown Hotel, Wetheral

Chollerford bridge

View multi-centre accommodation online Heddon on the Chollerford Wall

Bowness on Banks Solway Carlisle Once Brewed

Wallsend

Vindolanda Excavations

Kielder Forest Park

Gilsland

Once Housesteads Brewed

Haltwhistle

Newcastle Brampton

Chollerford

Vindolanda

Corbridge

North Pennines

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

75

England & Isle of Man Partner Hotels

Wells-next-the-Sea

Milner’s Tower, Port Erin

Norfolk Coast Path Guided Trail

Best of the Isle of Man Guided Trail

England | 6 nights

Isle of Man | 7 nights

Land only from £1,159pp

Land only from £1,199pp

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: May & Sep

Walk the Norfolk Coast Path from Hunstanton to Cromer and explore the best of a National Landscape rich in maritime history and rare bird species.

Walk the best of the Isle of Man’s Way of the Gull and discover a UNESCO Biosphere region home to phenomenal coast and countryside and Viking and Celtic heritage.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Comfortable en-suite accommodation Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 2

Walk from Hunstanton to Brancaster via Holme Dunes

Day 2

Manx electric railway ride to Ballaglass Glen

Day 3

Explore Nelson country and visit Holkham Bay

Day 3

Santon Head to Castletown coastal walk

Day 4

Salt marsh walk from Wells-next-the-Sea to Blakeney

Day 4

Calf of Man hike and visit to Port Erin

Day 5

Walk from Cley-next-the-Sea via Weybourne

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Cross country walk from Skelding Hill to Cromer

Day 6

Trek to Cronk ny Arrey Laa and Millennium Cross

Day 7

Departure after breakfast

Day 7

Tynwald Hill, Slieau Whallian walk, ending in Peel

Day 8

Departure after breakfast

Cley-next-the-Sea

Bearded Tit

Castletown

Ramsay North Sea

lsle of Man Brancaster

Hunstanton

Blakeney

Wells-nextthe-Sea

Cromer Sheringham

Peel Niarbyl Fleshwick Bay Port Erin

Snaefell

St Johns Glen Maye

Castletown

Port St Mary

Maughold Head Glen Mona

Laxey

Douglas

Santon Head

Irish Sea

Ronaldsway

Langness

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

76

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Partner Hotels England

Dartmoor National Park

Dartmoor Guided Walking England | 5 nights

Itinerary

Land only from £999pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leaders and group

Day 2

Haytor Vale and quarry walks. Discover ancient cairns, Bronze Age relics, and medieval villages

With its windswept moorland, striking granite tors, and ever-present herds of wild ponies, it’s easy to see why walkers find Dartmoor’s myth-steeped landscapes so appealing. Discover this much-loved national park with the help of our experienced HF Holidays Leaders.

Day 3

Walks through East Dartmoor National Nature Reserve and wildlife-rich woodland in Lustleigh Cleave

Day 4

Explore Grimspound prehistoric settlement and walk scenic sections of the Two Moors Way

Day 5

Riverside walks in the Teign Gorge to Fingle Bridge, the impressive Castle Drogo, and Chagford

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Enjoy a leisurely breakfast before making your way home

Months of travel: May, Jun, Jul & Sep

Walking grades

A choice of two walks a day with experienced HF Holidays Leaders l Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l All transport to and from walks where necessary l

Dartmoor ponies Moorland Hotel, Dartmoor Castle Drogo

“Rushing streams through forests, fantastical rock shapes, signs of humankind since the Bronze Age, wonderful moorland walks Dartmoor is a wonderful place.”

Chagford Dartmoor National Park

Widecombe in the Moor

Rose, HF Holidays Leader

Lustleigh

Haytor Newton Abbot

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

77

England Partner Hotels

NEW

Durdle Door

Dorset Guided Walking England | 5 nights

Itinerary

Land only from £999pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leaders and group

Day 2

Coastal walks that explore Chapman’s Pool and St Aldhelm’s Head or Swyre Head and Kimmeridge Bay

Explore the fossil-filled beaches, Caribbean-like coves, and enchanting castles, that have earned Dorset UNESCO World Heritage status. Highlights include Lulworth Cove, the chalk stacks of Old Harry Rocks, and Durdle Door, an impressive limestone arch carved by centuries of erosion.

Day 3

Walk sections of the South West Coast Path to seaside Swanage, famous for its steam railway

Day 4

Walk from Corfe Castle to Studland along the Purbeck peninsula or to Ballard Down and Old Harry Rocks

Day 5

A choice of walks that explore Osmington, Durdle Door, and Lulworth Cove

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Departure after breakfast

Months of travel: Sep & Oct

Walking grades

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l A choice of two walks a day with experienced HF Holidays Leaders l All transport to and from walks where necessary l

Kingston Country Courtyard

Lulworth Cove

Dorset National Landscape

Osmington

Wareham Lulworth Cove

Durdle Door

Corfe

Kingston

Old Harry Rocks

Studland Swanage Langton Matravers St Aldhelm’s Chapel

English Channel

78

Corfe Castle

Kimmeridge Bay

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Partner Hotels England

“Truly enchanting, with Caribbean-like views, the varied walks are enhanced by the richness of the exotic botany and fascinating history.”

Roy, HF Holidays Leader

Bryher

Isles of Scilly Guided Island Hopping England | 6 nights

Itinerary

Land only from £1,359pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 2

Explore tropical Tresco. Visit the world-renowned garden and the Valhalla Museum

The Isles of Scilly offer dazzling coastline, turquoise waters, dramatic headlands, and an interior dotted with prehistoric sites. Highlights of this holiday include birdwatching on Bryher, St Martin’s sandy beaches, and Tresco Abbey Gardens, home to over 3,000 plant species.

Day 3

St Agnes lighthouse walk to Troytown Maze, Western Rocks, and Gugh’s archaeological sites

Day 4

Walk St Martin’s coast and discover sandy beaches, kelp pits, and historic sites like Chapel Down

Day 5

Circumnavigate St Mary’s, visiting archaeological sites, granite tors, and Harold Wilson’s resting place

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Explore Bryher’s Hell Bay in the north and its secluded beaches and prehistoric cairns in the south

Day 7

Enjoy a leisurely breakfast before making your way home

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep & Oct

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l

Hugh Town, St Mary’s

Walking grade

Cromwell’s Castle, Tresco

Bryher

St Martin’s

New Grimsby

Tresco

Higher Town Eastern Isles

Samson

St Mary’s Hugh Town St Agnes

Gugh

“The Isles of Scilly archipelago made for a wonderful islandhopping walking break. These remote islands are a treasure trove of sandy beaches and excellent coastal paths. The worldfamous gardens on Tresco were a highlight. Worth the effort of getting there.”

Alan, HF Holidays Guest

Old Town

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

79

England Partner Hotels Cannop Ponds, Forest of Dean

Forest of Dean & Wye Valley Guided Walking England | 4 nights

Itinerary

Land only from £799pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leaders and group

Day 2

Explore the area around Tintern Abbey, one of Wales’s great monastic ruins, and discover Offa's Dyke

Day 3

Walk through ancient woodland, uncover the Forest of Dean’s history, and see world class sculpture art

Day 4

Trek through the River Wye’s ancient broadleaved woodland and soak up the views from Symonds Yat Rock

Day 5

Enjoy a leisurely breakfast before making your way home

Months of travel: May & Sep

Protected by its designation as a National Landscape, the postcard-pretty Wye Valley is home to ancient woodlands, meandering rivers, limestone gorges, and rich wildlife.

Equally charming is the Forest of Dean for its world-class sculptures, art installations, and timeless beauty.

Walking grades

Your holiday includes: A choice of two walks a day with experienced HF Holidays Leaders Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l All transport to and from walks where necessary l l

The Speech House Hotel

Tintern Abbey

Symonds Yat

“A very enjoyable holiday with excellent leaders, helpful hotel staff, wonderful countryside all around, and we were lucky with the weather.”

Coleford

Wye Valley

HF Holidays Guest

Forest of Dean River Severn

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or

Tintern The Devil's Pulpit

80

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Partner Hotels Wales

Llanddwyn Island

Best of Anglesey Coast Path Guided Island Hopping Wales | 7 nights

Itinerary

Land only from £1,399pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 2

Walk through Newborough Nature Reserve. Visit Llanddwyn Island (tides permitting) and end the day in Malltreath

As Britain’s fifth largest island, Anglesey delights with wonderful walking trails, great beaches, ancient castles, and impressive birdwatching. Highlights include Llanddwyn Island, Holy Island, and the iconic South Stack Lighthouse overlooking the Irish Sea.

Day 3

Discover Holyhead Island, including the South Stack Lighthouse and Holyhead Mountain

Day 4

Starting in Church Bay, explore the most remote section of the island’s coastline around the north-west corner to Cemaes

Day 5

Spot seals and dolphins at Bull Bay. Later, visit the landscapes of the Parys Mountain copper mines

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Visit the Traeth Dulas estuary and then travel via Lligwy Bay to Moelfre

Day 7

Journey from above the wide expanse of Red Wharf Bay to Beaumaris Castle

Day 8

Enjoy a leisurely breakfast before making your way home

Months of travel: May, Sep & Oct

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l

Bull Bay

Walking grade

Bulkeley Hotel Cemaes Holyhead Mountain

Church Bay

Amlwch Port Llaneilian Moelfre

Anglesey Trearddur Bay

Newborough Irish Sea

HF Holidays Guest

Red Wharf Bay

Malltraeth

“Comfortable hotel with pleasant/helpful staff, coaches to/from start of walks always on time and with helpful drivers, leader excellent in looking after us both at the hotel and on the walks.”

Beaumaris

Wales

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

81

Wales Partner Hotels

NEW

“We’re delighted to return to Northern Snowdonia (Eryri) with a cracking walks itinerary with our fantastic partner hotel in Betws-y-Coed.”

Lucy, HF Holidays Team

Miners Track to Snowdon

Northern Snowdonia Guided Walking Wales | 5 nights

Itinerary

Land only from £929pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leaders and group

Day 2

Walk from Capel Garmon to the Afon Conwy or climb the rounded summit of Moel Eilio

Day 3

Journey from Llyn Padarn to Llanberis or follow the ridge to the summit of Pen yr Ole Wen

Day 4

Discover Llyn Idwal and Capel Curig or take a circular route from Capel Curig, ascending Moel Siabod

Day 5

Explore Llyn Crafnant and Lyn Geirionydd or tackle Snowdon (Yr Wyddfa)

Day 6

Enjoy a leisurely breakfast before making your way home

Months of travel: May, Jun & Sep

Embark on a guided walking adventure through Snowdonia (Eryri) National Park, the oldest and largest national park in Wales. Based in the charming village of Betws-y-Coed, you’ll journey through valleys and forests, follow fast-flowing rivers, and have the option to summit Snowdon (Yr Wyddfa), or enjoy an easier walk.

Walking grades

Your holiday includes: A choice of two walks each day with experienced HF Holidays Leaders Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l All transport to and from walks where necessary l l

Gwydyr Hotel

Llyn Crafnant

Anglesey

Wales

Snowdonia National Park

Ogwen Valley Llanberis Mt. Snowdon (Yr Wyddfa) Snowdonia (Eyri) National Park

82

Capel Curig

Betws-y-Coed Capel Garmon

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Conwy Falls

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Partner Hotels Wales

“From dramatic sea cliffs and rocky coves to beautiful sandy beaches, the Pembrokeshire Coast Path offers wildflowers, industrial remains, and sightings of whales, porpoises, and dolphins. Having lived here as a child, Pembrokeshire holds a special place in my heart.”

Estelle, HF Holidays Leader Whitesands Bay beach

Best of the Pembrokeshire Coast Wales | 7 nights

Itinerary

Land only from £1,399pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 2

Walk from St Davids to Porthclais Harbour and around the coast to Whitesands Bay

Stay in St Davids, Britain’s smallest city, and explore north-west Pembrokeshire’s most scenic coastal walks.

Marvel at natural wonders like Abereiddy’s dark sands and blue lagoon, Gewni Island’s sea arch, and summit the history-steeped Welsh mountain of Carningli.

Day 3

Admire the bays of Pwllcrochan and Aber Mawr. Pass the Iron Age hillfort of Castell Coch

Day 4

Free day in St Davids. Visit the cathedral, Bishop’s Palace, or take a wildlife-spotting boat trip

Day 5

Ascend Carningli for 360-degree views. Explore ancient hillforts, coastline, and Newport’s history

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Explore Porthgain’s industrial past, Abereiddy’s dark sands, and walk to Whitesands Bay

Day 7

Walk from Newgale to St Davids via The Cradle rock formations, Caerfai Bay, and St Non's Chapel

Day 8

Enjoy a leisurely breakfast before making your way home

Months of travel: Jun, Jul & Sep

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l

St Davids Cross Hotel

Walking grade

St Davids Cathedral

Irish Sea

Newport Pwllcrochan Porthgain Whitesands Bay

“Wonderful walking and stunning scenery, summer flowers and wildlife with brilliant leader. Warm welcome at lovely hotel in centre of St Davids with magnificent cathedral very close by.”

Wendy, HF Holidays Guest

Carningli

Trefin

Wales

St Davids Newgale

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

83

Channel Islands Partner Hotels

“The day on Alderney is such a favourite, from the flight in the small plane passing over Herm and Sark, to walking from the airport round the coastline through nature reserves, past historical defences, visiting a Roman Fort adapted and reused over the centuries and viewing a gannet colony.”

Linda, HF Holidays Leader

Bridge to Little Sark

Channel Islands Guided Island Hopping Channel Islands | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,759pp | Land only from £1,659pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 2

St Peter Port to Jerbourg Point via Fermain Bay. Enjoy a visit to Petit Bot Beach

Visit Guernsey, Alderney, Sark, and Herm in one holiday.

Blessed with better-than-average British weather, these stunning islands offer awe-inspiring coastal walks, white sand beaches, and coastal scenery to rival any you’ll find in Europe.

Day 3

Boat to Sark. Walk from Maseline Harbour to Derrible Bay and cross La Coupée isthmus to Little Sark

Day 4

Sail to Herm for a circular walk around the island from Belvoir Bay to Shell Beach

Day 5

Walk Guernsey’s south coast from Le Gouffre to Vazon Bay passing Hanois Lighthouse, and Fort Grey

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Explore Alderney’s cliffs and bays, from Les Etacs gannet colony to Longis Bay and Fort Clonque

Day 7

Final section of the Guernsey coast path, passing Le Grand Havre, L’Ancresse Bay, and Fort Doyle

Day 8

Enjoy a leisurely breakfast before making your way home

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l Return flights from the UK, with baggage and transfers l

Moores Central Hotel

Moores Central Hotel English Channel

St Anne

Alderney

Walking grade

Herm

“Extremely good varied walking in beautiful surroundings, hotel very good, the trip to Alderney was outstanding, guide excellent.”

HF Holidays Guest

Guernsey

St Peter Port

Herm

La Villiaze

Sark 84

Maseline Harbour

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Partner Hotels Channel Islands

Mont Orgueil Castle

La Corbière Lighthouse

Jersey Coastal Path Guided Trail

Jersey Guided Walking

Channel Islands | 7 nights

Channel Islands | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,599pp | Land only from £1,479pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,499pp | Land only from £1,379pp

Months of travel: Apr & Sep

Months of travel: Apr, Jun & Sep

Discover stunning scenery and WWII history as you walk the entire length of Jersey’s jaw-dropping coastline on this guided trail holiday.

Explore battle-worn castles, ruined forts, and places that played a pivotal role in history on this guided walking holiday to Jersey.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l Return flights from the UK, with baggage and transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grade

A choice of two walks a day with experienced HF Holidays Leaders Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l All transport to and from walks where necessary l Return flights from the UK, with baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leaders and group

Day 2

Walk to Noirmont via St Brelade’s Bay and Corbière

Day 2

Walks to Noirmont Point and beautiful St Brelade Bay

Day 3

St Ouen’s Bay to Grosnez Castle and Grève de Lecq

Day 3

Explore the east coast and Mont Orgueil Castle

Day 4

Visit Devil’s Hole, Bonne Nuit Bay, and Bouley Bay

Day 4

Scenic north coast walks from St John’s to Grève de Lecq

Day 5

Free day to relax at the hotel or explore independently

Day 5

Free day to explore Jersey or relax as you like

Day 6

Coastal path to White Rock, Gorey Pier, and Tower 5

Day 6

Explore Plémont, Grosnez Castle, and the Pinnacle

Day 7

Walk from St Aubin via St Helier and St Aubin’s Bay

Day 7

South coast walks and La Corbière Lighthouse

Day 8

Departure after breakfast

Day 8

Departure after breakfast

Somerville Hotel

Grosnez Castle

English Channel

Plemont

English Channel

Bonne Nuit Bay

Plémont

Grève de Lecq

Grosnez Castle St Peter

Jersey

Jersey Airport

St Aubin

Gorey La Corbière

St Helier

St John’s Village

St Aubin

St Brelade

Rozel

Jersey Gorey St Helier

Noirmont Point

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

85

Scotland Partner Hotels

“A wonderful path leads into Coire an t-Sneachda, a glacial cirque set beneath dramatic cliffs.”

Karen, HF Holidays Leader

Cairngorms National Park

Cairngorms Guided Walking Scotland | 7 nights

Itinerary

Land only from £1,299pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leaders and group

Day 2

Explore the rugged Wildcat Trail, Loch Gynack, or Càrn an Fhreiceadain

Day 3

Walks from Loch Insh to Glen Feshie or the scenic plateau of Sgòr Gaoith

Day 4

Visit Rothiemurchus and Coire an t-Sneachda or climb to Cairn Gorm summit

Day 5

Free day to explore Cairngorms National Park

Day 6

Circuit of Loch Morlich via the Ryvoan Pass or Meall a' Bhuachaille ridge

l

Day 7

A choice of stunning walks on the Speyside Way

l

Day 8

Enjoy a leisurely breakfast before making your way home

Months of travel: May, Sep & Oct

Established in 2003 as Scotland’s second-largest national park, the Cairngorms has mountains, lochs, woodlands, and plentiful wildlife hotspots. This holiday is an ideal introduction to this natural paradise in the heart of the Scottish Highlands.

Your holiday includes: A choice of two walks a day with experienced HF Holidays Leaders Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l All transport to and from walks where necessary

Walking grades

Red Squirrel, Cairngorms National Park The Boat Hotel

Beinn Dòrain

Grantown-on-Spey

Boat of Garten Aviemore

Nethy Bridge Tomintoul

David, HF Holidays Guest

Loch Morlich

Loch Insh Kingussie Cairngorm

86

“If you were going to walk anywhere and wanted a real hiking experience, then the Cairngorms is the place for you.”

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Partner Hotels Scotland

Conic Hill

Sango Sands viewpoint

West Highland Way Guided Trail

Cape Wrath Classic Guided Trail

Scotland | 9 nights

Scotland | 8 nights

Land only from £1,999pp

Land only from £1,859pp

Months of travel: Apr, Jun, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Jun & Jul

As Scotland’s first long-distance route, the West Highland Way is still its most popular. Hike from Loch Lomond to Rannoch Moor, surrounded by magnificent Munros.

Discover the landscapes and seascapes of mainland Britain’s most north-westerly point on a guided trail around the highlights of Cape Wrath.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l All transport to and from walks where necessary l Luggage transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Comfortable en-suite accommodation Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l Luggage transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 1

Meet your leader and group at Inverness and transfer to your hotel

Day 2

Journey from Milngavie to Drymen

Day 2

Climb Beinn Ceannabeinne and visit Smoo Cave

Day 3

Ascend Conic Hill for fine views of Loch Lomond

Day 3

Cross the Kyle of Durness by ferry and visit Sandwood Bay

Day 4

Walk along Loch Lomond, below Ben Lomond

Day 4

Walk along the banks of the River Laxford. Ascend Ben Stack

Day 5

Ascend Glen Falloch, passing the Falls of Falloch

Day 5

Follow a path across to Kylesku and climb Ben Dreavie

Day 6

Journey to the magnificent Beinn Dòrain

Day 6

Visit Handa Island, one of Europe’s most important seabird colonies

Day 7

Walk along the highest point of the West Highland Way

Day 7

Discover Loch Bealach a' Bhuirich

Day 8

Discover the upper end of Glencoe

Day 8

Trek through dramatic scenery below Canisp and Suilven

Day 9

Walk in the shadow of Ben Nevis to Fort William

Day 9

Transfer back to Inverness Airport and rail station

Day 10 Departure after breakfast

Rannoch Moor

Ardlui Hotel

Smoo Cave

Cape Wrath

Fort William Loch Linnhee Glencoe Black Mount

Ben Nevis

Kinlochleven Kingshouse

lnveroran Tyndrum

Loch Awe

Bridge of Orchy

Ardlui

Crianlarich Ben Lomond

View multi-centre accommodation online

Balmaha

Suilven

Kinlochbervie Handa Eddrachillis Ben Stack Bay

Loch Lomond

Milngavie

Loch Stack

Kylesku

Rowardennan Drymen

Durness

Sandwood Bay

Lochinver

Loch Assynt

lnchnadamph

Enard Bay

Suilven

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

87

Scotland Partner Hotels

Tobermory

Luskentyre

Mull & Iona Guided Island Hopping

Lewis & Harris Guided Island Hopping

Scotland | 7 nights

Scotland | 7 nights

Land only from £1,999pp

Flight-inclusive from £2,099pp | Land only from £1,899pp

Months of travel: May, Jun, Jul & Sep

Months of travel: May, Jul & Sep

Located amongst the Inner Hebrides, the islands of Mull and Iona are celebrated for their coastal scenery, white sand beaches, and towering peaks.

One landmass divided into two islands, the Isle of Lewis and Isle of Harris tempt with lunar-like landscapes, wild mountains, white beaches, and a unique Gaelic culture.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l Luggage transfers l Group transfer to/from the Craignure ferry l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Comfortable en-suite accommodation Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l Return flights from the UK with baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

Group transfer from Craignure to your hotel

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 2

Explore the beautiful Treshnish peninsula

Day 2

Visit the Callanish Stones and Great Bernera

Day 3

Visit the Quinish peninsula or tackle Ben More

Day 3

Follow the coastline around the Butt of Lewis

Day 4

Discover the community-owned Ulva Island

Day 4

Explore Scalpay and visit Eilean Glas Lighthouse

Day 5

Walk in the tiny village of Lochbuie

Day 5

The Harris Walkway and Cleit Aird

Day 6

Marvel at the basalt columns and caves of Staffa

Day 6

Discover the famous Luskentyre sands

Day 7

Explore Iona’s quieter southern end

Day 7

Huisinis Peninsula to the beach at Loch Crabhadail

Day 8

Transfer to Craignure ferry terminal and depart

Day 8

Departure after breakfast

Caves of Staffa

Iona

Quinish Point

Isle of Mull Ulva

Iona

Butt of Lewis

Tobermory

Treshnish

Staffa

Callanish Stones

Craignure Ben More Oban Lochbuie

Carloway

Great Bernera

Bostadh

Callanish

Port of Ness

Lewis Stornoway

North Harris Huisinis Luskentyre

Scaladal

Tarbert

South Harris

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

88

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Partner Hotels Scotland

Birsay

Puffins

Orkney Guided Island Hopping

Orkney & Shetland Guided Island Hopping

Scotland | 7 nights

Scotland | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £2,299pp | Land only from £2,079pp

Flight-inclusive from £2,349pp | Land only from £2,119pp

Months of travel: May, Jul, Aug & Sep

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Aug & Sep

Nestled off Scotland’s northeast coast, Orkney offers stunning sea views, vast open spaces, and some of Europe’s oldest Neolithic ruins.

Remaining rare unspoiled outposts of remote beauty, Orkney and the Shetland Islands tick boxes for seabird colonies and stunning coastal scenery.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l Return flights from the UK, with baggage and transfers l Entrance to Skara Brae, Maes Howe and the Italian Chapel l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Comfortable en-suite accommodation Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l Return flights from the UK, with luggage and transfers l Entrance to Skara Brae, Maes Howe, and Jarlshof l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 2

Coastal walks to Birsay and magnificent Maes Howe

Day 2

Visit Brough of Birsay, Maeshowe, and Ring of Brodgar

Day 3

Admire the Old Man of Hoy, visit the Dwarfie stane

Day 3

Walk to the ancient settlement of Skara Brae

Day 4

Enjoy a guided tour of Orkney’s capital Kirkwall

Day 4

Discover the Isle of Hoy

Day 5

Discover Skara Brae, the Ring of Brodgar and Stones of Stenness

Day 5

To Shetland and Sumburgh Head RSPB reserve

Day 6

Visit the Broch of Gurness and explore Stromness

Day 6

Circumnavigate the Eshaness peninsula

Day 7

Explore the Italian Chapel and Hoxa Head

Day 7

Walk the granite coastline around Muckle Roe

Day 8

Departure after breakfast

Day 8

Departure after breakfast

Skara Brae

The Merkister Hotel

Birsay Skara Brae

Shetland Eshaness

Busta

Isle of Rousay

Muckle Roe

Loch Harray

Shetland

Ring of Brodgar Old Man of Hoy

Kirkwall

Brae Lerwick

Jarlshof

Orkney

Hoy Hoxa Head

Marwick Stromness Hoy

Orkney

Sumburgh

Loch Harray Kirkwell

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

89

Scotland Partner Hotels

NEW

“The rocky mountains and dramatic coast provide wonderful walking opportunities and there’s an abundance of interesting places to visit and sites to see.”

Ruth, HF Holidays Leader

Glen Rosa

Isle of Arran Guided Walking Scotland | 5 nights

Itinerary

Land only from £1,199pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leaders and group

Day 2

Visit Machrie Moor and King’s Cave or ascend Cnoc Breac and Beinn a 'Chliabhain

Day 3

Walk from Glen Rosa to Brodick Castle or climb Mullach Buidhe

Day 4

Walk from Whiting Bay to Kildonan or through the valleys of Glen Sannox and Glen Rosa

Day 5

Walk from Lamlash to Brodick or tackle Goatfell, Arran’s highest peak

Day 6

Departure after breakfast

Months of travel: Jun & Sep

Set off the west coast of Scotland, the Isle of Arran rewards with majestic mountains, sweeping sandy beaches, and relics and ruins from its rich past. Historic highlights include Brodick Castle, Machrie Moor’s ancient standing stones, and the Neolithic tombs known as the Giant’s Graves.

Walking grades

Your holiday includes: A choice of two walks a day with experienced HF Holidays Leaders Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l All transport to and from walks where necessary l l

Machrie Moor

Kinloch Hotel

Arran

Pinmill

Lochranza

Goatfell Glen Rosa

Machrie Moor Standing Stones King’s Caves

Blackwaterfoot Atlantic Ocean

90

Sannox

Ardrossan Ferry

Brodick Castle, Garden & Country Park Brodick Ferry

Lamlash

Brodick Castle

Whiting Bay Glenashdale Falls Kildonan

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Partner Hotels Northern Ireland

Giant’s Causeway

Northern Ireland Causeway Coast Northern Ireland | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,799pp | Land only from £1,669pp

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel. Meet your leader and group

Day 2

Explore Belfast before heading north to the Causeway Coast.

Optional walking tour of Ballycastle

For far-reaching Atlantic views and mist-wreathed headlands, the Causeway Coast is a star coastal attraction. Explore the clifftop remains of Dunseverick and Dunluce castles, cross the Carrick-a-Rede rope bridge, and spot rare seabirds on Rathlin Island.

Day 3

Walk from the UNESCO-listed Giant’s Causeway to the clifftop ruins of Dunseverick Castle

Day 4

Discover White Park Bay beach. Follow the Causeway Coastal Path to Carrick-a-Rede bridge

Day 5

Visit Rathlin Island to spot guillemots, kittiwakes, puffins, and razorbills

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Soak up breathtaking views from the cliff tops of Fair Head

Comfortable en-suite accommodation l Daily breakfasts and packed lunches l Three-course evening meals, plus tea & coffee l Guided walks with an experienced HF Holidays Leader l All transport to and from walks where necessary l Return flights from the UK, with baggage and transfers l Luggage transfers

Day 7

Walk a section of Moyle Way from Laragh Lodge, ending in the pretty Waterfoot

Day 8

Departure after breakfast

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Sep & Oct

l

Carrick-a-Rede bridge

Walking grade

See page 96 for our Wild and Wonderful Western Ireland holiday

Razorbill

North Atlantic Ocean

Dunseverick Castle

Rathlin Island

Carrick-a-Rede

Giant’s Causeway

“An excellent way to experience the city of Belfast, Rathlin Island and the stunning Giant’s Causeway. Also, the airy Carrick a Rede bridge, 30 metres above the Atlantic Ocean.”

HF Holidays Guest

Fair Head

Ballycastle View multi-centre accommodation online

Carnanmore To Belfast accommodation and airport

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

91

Welcome to Europe

92

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe

Managing to effortlessly pack in a little bit of everything, Europe is the small continent with so much to offer. There’s a fabulous selection of national parks and nature reserves, plus a dizzying array of sun-kissed islands, and culture-packed places – each with their own remarkable history.

Dolomites, Italy

Lofoten Islands, Norway

Where to go Ireland

96

Belgium

96

France

97

Spain

98 - 103

Andorra

99

Portugal

104 - 105

Maltese Islands

106

Cyprus

107

Italy

108 - 116

Greece

117

Romania

118

Montenegro

119

Albania

119

Croatia

120

Slovenia

121

Austria

122 - 125

Switzerland

126 - 127

Germany

128

Poland

129

Norway

130 - 131

Santiago De Compostela, Spain

Riomaggiore, Italy

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

93

Our holidays in Europe

Our holidays in Europe Our walking holidays in Europe combine beautiful landscapes with wonderful walks and memorable experiences. Whether it’s exploring the Swiss Alps, sightseeing in southern Spain, riding the rails through Germany, or a food tour of Italy, our European holidays have something for everyone. With a variety of walking grades available, you can find the perfect pace and challenge to suit your ability.

What to expect on a holiday to Europe: l

l

A choice of up to two guided walks a day on most walking holidays Experienced local leaders, who know a place best, typically accompanied by a Tour Manager to ensure a seamless guest experience from start to finish

l l

Majority of meals included during your trip ATOL protected flight packages that include hold baggage and return airport transfers to and from your hotel

Our holiday itineraries differ by destination, so please refer to each specific holiday for details on what’s included.

Cordoba, Andalucia

94

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Take the hassle out of flying abroad by booking a flight-inclusive package. Our flights team have done all the research to get the best price, and you benefit from financial security with full ATOL protection.

Our holidays in Europe

Fly with confidence

Flights depart from London airports and include hold baggage and return airport transfers to and from your hotels. We also offer a selection of holidays from Manchester, Birmingham and other regional airports (prices may vary).

If you would prefer to travel earlier or later than our offered holiday flights, we may be able to arrange this at the time of booking (additional fees may apply). If you choose this option, hotel transfers are not included.

Our Europe holidays are also available without taking our flights - please see our land only prices. If you choose to book your own flights, you will not be covered by our ATOL or ABTOT licence and may not be able to benefit from our airport transfers.

Stubaital, Austria Höllentalbahn, Black Forest

Riding the rails In 1914, we led our first rail adventure from London to Germany, making us one of the world’s oldest rail holiday operators. Travelling by train offers a sustainable, sociable, and comfortable experience, with a fully escorted journey led by your HF Holidays Tour Manager from departure to arrival.

Departing from London St Pancras, we’ll hop across the English Channel by Eurostar and then onward into Europe via high speed and regional rail services, plus heritage-rich railway rides.

Our rail trips offer the perfect opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers, and benefit from ample legroom and the freedom to move around, ensuring you arrive relaxed and ready for the adventures ahead.

Travelling with us by train is an integral part of your experience. Please keep in mind that you will be responsible for your own luggage. We recommend packing as lightly as possible, using a suitcase with wheels, so you can lift your luggage on, off and between trains and transfer coaches (possibly onto overhead racks), and sometimes between stations and hotels.

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

95

Ireland & Belgium Europe Derrynane Bay

Bruges

Wild and Wonderful Western Ireland

Walking the Ypres Salient

Ireland | 7 nights

Belgium | 5 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,499pp | Land only from £1,349pp

Rail-inclusive from £1,179pp | Land only from £1,099pp

Months of travel: May, Jun, Aug & Sep

Months of travel: May & Sep

Explore some of Western Ireland’s wildest landscapes with walks along the Ring of Kerry and Cork’s Beara Peninsula and a boat trip to Garnish Island.

Explore a corner of Belgium that witnessed many of WWI’s fiercest battles and visit UNESCO-listed Bruges, one of Europe’s best-preserved medieval cities.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with HF Holidays Leaders l 7 nights’ accommodation in Kenmare l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at your hotel and enjoy an introductory talk with your HF Holidays Leader

Day 2

Explore the Ring of Kerry

Day 3 Day 4

Fully escorted return rail travel from London to Lille and transfers 5 nights’ accommodation in Ypres with 5 breakfasts & 5 dinners l HF Holidays Tour Manager l Battlefield visits with an expert local guide l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Please turn to page 95 for further information on rail holidays l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

London St Pancras to Lille by Eurostar. Transfer to Ypres

Day 2

In Flanders Fields Museum visit, guided Southern Ypres Salient walk & Last Post ceremony

Walk along the Kerry Way coast to Derrynane House

Day 3

Guided Northern Ypres Salient walk and war cemeteries

Free day

Day 4

Hooge Crater Museum and guided Eastern Ypres Salient walk

Day 5

Enjoy coastal walks on the Beara Peninsula

Day 5

Guided tour of Bruges, free time, and farewell dinner

Day 6

Glengarriff Nature Reserve and boat to Garnish Island

Day 6

Departure day

Day 7

Discover the lakes of Killarney National Park

Day 8

Departure day

Killarney National Park

Kenmare Bay Hotel

Ireland

Tyne Cot Cemetery

Novotel Ypres Centre

“A past respectfully brought to life against a backdrop of charming Flemish towns; it’s a poignant, powerful mix.”

Killarney National Park

Kenmare

Rob, HF Holidays Team

Sneem To Cork

Atlantic Ocean

96

Glengarriff Allihies

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Europe France

Rail option available Valansole Plateau

A Week in Provence France | 7 nights | Also available by Rail

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,759pp | Land only from £1,659pp

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Provence.

Day 2

Walk the Valansole plateau and Gréoux or cross the Verdon to Les Maurras

Day 3

Explore Forcalquier’s weekly market and visit the ancient Abbey of Salagon at Mane

Day 4

Visit Céreste village for walks in the Luberon valley

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Walk the ridges above medieval Moustiers-Sainte-Marie and spend time in this medieval village known as one of the most beautiful in all France

Day 7

A choice of canal and riverside walks in the Verdon Gorge

Day 8

Departure day

Rail-inclusive from £1,999pp |

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun (air only), Aug (rail only) & Sep

Journey to the sunny southeast corner of France that’s been the muse of many an artistic great such as Van Gogh, Matisse, and Cézanne. Expect picture-perfect walks through the countryside, chocolate-box villages, and wonderful local markets stocked with the very best Provencal produce.

Your holiday includes:

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders l 7 nights’ accommodation in Gréoux-les Bains l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l

Verdon Gorge

Villa Borghese, Provence

France

MoustiersSainte-Marie Lac de-Sainte-Croix

“Lovely walks in a gorgeous part of France. Great leaders, a very friendly group which gelled very well and comfortable accommodation. The staff at the hotel were extremely helpful and happy!”

HF Holidays Guest

Gréoux-les-Bains

Quinson To Marseille

Forcalquier, Provence

Régusse

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

97

France & Spain Europe

NEW

Rail option available Chablais Alps

Montségur Castle

Hikes of the Haute Savoie Alps

Trek the Cathar Trail

France | 7 nights | Also available by Rail

France | 7 nights | Small group holiday

Flight-inclusive from £1,779pp | Land only from £1,649pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,899pp | Land only from £1,699pp

Rail-inclusive from £2,049pp

Months of travel: Jun & Sep

Months of travel: Jun, Jul (rail only) & Sep

Based in the thriving Alpine village of Morzine, set deep in the Chablais mountain range, this holiday puts hundreds of incredible walking trails at your feet.

Your holiday includes:

Explore ruined castles and stunning chateaux in the Pyrenees Mountains on this 58-mile, long-distance trail that crosses from France into Spain.

Your holiday includes: Guided trail walking with a local leader 7 nights’ comfortable accommodation l 7 breakfasts, 6 packed lunches & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l Luggage transfers on walking days l

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Morzine l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers

l

Itinerary

Itinerary

l

Walking grades

Walking grade

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Morzine

Day 1

Arrive at our first hotel ahead of our trail

Day 2

Introduction to Morzine

Day 2

Discover Cathar history walking through the Frau gorges

Day 3

Discover La Manche Valley

Day 3

Enjoy views of the Pyrenees on a walk above Mérens

Day 4

Visit Col de Joux Plane

Day 4

Climb Portella Blanca and cross into Spain

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Hike the rich landscapes above Bellver de Cerdanya

Day 6

Walk to the west of the village of Les Gets

Day 6

Walk through the mountain peaks of Cadi-Moixero Natural Park

Day 7

The Super Morzine Ridge and the Zore viewpoint

Day 7

Trek through Berga’s forests to Queralt

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Haute Savoie

Hotel Névé, Morzine

“The Haute Savoie first featured as an HF Holidays destination in the 1920s and our walking trips to this stunning spot are back by popular demand” Hayley, HF Holidays Team

Cadi-Moixero Natural Park

France

Foix Montségur

Ax-les-Thermes

Andorra

Queralt Sanctuary, Pyrenees

Toulouse

Comus Merens Porta

Bellver de Cerdanya Gisclareny

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

98

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Spain

Gosol

Baga Berga

Barcelona

NEW Europe Spain & Andorra

Santiago de Compostela

Pyrenees Pessons Peak

Walk the Camino de Santiago

Andorra: Jewel of the Pyrenees

Spain | 7 nights | Small group holiday

Andorra | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,499pp | Land only from £1,399pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,499pp | Land only from £1,399pp

Months of travel: Apr, May & Sep

Months of travel: May, Jul & Sep

Walk the final 70-mile stretch of the famous Camino de Santiago, the 1,000-year-old pilgrimage route to the Spanish city of Santiago de Compostela.

This tiny European principality situated among the southern peaks of the Pyrenees delights with beautiful scenery and outstanding walking.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided trail walking with a local leader l 7 nights’ comfortable accommodation l 7 breakfasts & 6 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers l Luggage transfers on walking days l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Soldeu l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our first hotel ahead of our trail

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Soldeu

Day 2

River walk from La Magdalena monastery to Portomarin

Day 2

Explore the area around Soldeu

Day 3

Explore Sierra de Ligonde’s golden countryside

Day 3

Walk from Ransol valley towards the French border

Day 4

Trek through villages and valleys to reach Arzua

Day 4

Estany Primer de Pessons up to Sisè Estany

Day 5

Visit San Verisimo church en route to Rua

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Climb Monte del Gozo and walk the Porta do Camino

Day 6

Comapedrosa Natural Park

Day 7

End your journey exploring Santiago de Compostela

Day 7

Discover Vall d’Incles

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Camino de Santiago

Soldeu

To La Coruna

Spain Arzúa

Santiago de Compostela

A Rúa

Palas de Rei

Minho

Sarria Portomarin

Andorra

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

99

Spain Europe Cadaqués, Costa Brava

The Alhambra

Traditional Trails of Catalonia

Discover Andalucia

Spain | 7 nights

Spain | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,899pp | Land only from £1,779pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,869pp | Land only from £1,749pp

Months of travel: May & Sep

Months of travel: Mar & Apr

Enjoy a week of walks in the Catalan countryside and along the Camí de Ronda – a network of paths showcasing the Costa Brava’s best coastal scenery.

Tour Spain’s iconic Andalucía region and explore stunning Seville, the UNESCO-listed Alhambra Palace, and Cadiz, Europe’s oldest inhabited city.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 3 nights’ accommodation in Olot & 4 nights in Port de la Selva l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided sightseeing with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 2 nights in Malaga, 2 nights in Granada & 3 nights in Seville l 7 breakfasts, 3 lunches & 2 dinners l All in-destination transport & entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Day 1

Arrive at our first hotel in Olot

Day 1

Arrive at our first hotel in Malaga

Day 2

Explore La Garrotxa Volcanic Zone National Park

Day 2

Guided tour of Málaga including Castle of Gibralfaro

Day 3

A choice of walks from the charming Church of St Iscle

Day 3

Visit the ‘Alpujarras’ valley en route to Granada

Day 4

Visit the medieval town of Santa Pau

Day 4

Guided tour of the UNESCO-listed Alhambra Palace

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Córdoba visit with Great Mosque tour and free time

Day 6

Cap de Creus Natural Park and Cadaqués

Day 6

Guided tour of Seville, including Seville Cathedral

Day 7

A choice of walks on the Cami de Ronda

Day 7

Cádiz guided tour and sherry tasting experience

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Cap de Creus Natural Park

Hotel Riu Fluvia

Sherry tasting

Seville

Córdoba

France Cap de Creus

El Port de la Selva

Spain

Cadaqués

Olot

Besalú

Volcà del Croscat

St Iscle Church

Balearic Sea

Seville

Cádiz

Spain Málaga

Granada Las Alpujarras

Alboran Sea

To Barcelona

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

100

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Spain

Caldera de Taburiente

Teide National Park

Walking on La Palma

Walk the Trails of Tenerife

Spain | 7 nights

Spain | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,699pp | Land only from £1,499pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,749pp | Land only from £1,599pp

Months of travel: Jan, Feb & Mar

Months of travel: Jan, Feb, Mar & Oct

Affectionately known as La Isla Bonita, La Palma boasts gorgeously unspoiled landscapes, star-lit skies, and almost 1,000km of paths for walkers.

Bathed in year-round sunshine and home to Spain’s tallest mountain, Tenerife is ideal for winter walks through an otherworldy volcanic landscape.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l 7 nights’ accommodation in Los Cancajos l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders 3 nights’ accommodation in Santiago del Teide l 4 nights’ accommodation in La Laguna l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Los Cancajos

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Santiago del Teide

Day 2

La Galga forest walk and to the coast

Day 2

Explore the Arenas Negras and Chinyero volcanoes

Day 3

Explore the north coast’s mountain ridges

Day 3

A choice of walks in the forested Teno Mountains

Day 4

South coast volcano walks

Day 4

Discover Mount Teide's caldera and lava fields

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Walk in Caldera de Taburiente National Park

Day 6

Walk in Anaga Rural Park UNESCO Biosphere Reserve

Day 7

Summit Roque de los Muchachos, 2,426m (7,960ft)

Day 7

Visit Teide National Park set 2,000m above sea level

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Roque de los Muchachos

Hacienda San Jorge

Anaga Mountain

Hotel La Casona Del Patio

Mirador de La Tosca Roque de los Muchachos

Chinamada

La Laguna

La Galga

Parque Rural de Anaga

Erjos

Parque Nacional de la Caldera de Taburiente

Los Cancajos Santiago del Teide

La Palma Faro de Fuencaliente

Atlantic Ocean

Tenerife

Parque Nacional del Teide Atlantic Ocean

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

101

Spain Europe

“I enjoyed all the walks in the dramatic volcanic landscapes of Gran Canaria, but the final day is higher and greener than many of the others, earning it the local name: Pequena Irelanda (Little Ireland). Following a mix of open woodland and grassed rounded hillsides we enjoyed just a rugged hint of bare rock. This perfect end to a walking week included a perfect café stop for local sheep’s cheese.”

Alistair, HF Holidays Leader Roque Nublo

Walking on Gran Canaria Spain | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,499pp | Land only from £1,389pp

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Agaete

Day 2

A choice of walks through the ancient laurel forests of Parque Rural de Doramas and the charming village of Teror

The third-largest Canary Island, Gran Canaria rewards visitors with world-class walking, beautiful mountains, and miles of coastline. Discover tucked-away villages, delicious cuisine, and Roque Nublo - one of the world’s largest natural crags and the third-highest point on the island.

Day 3

Explore the crater of Caldera de Tejeda and admire Roque Nublo

Day 4

Admire views over Tamadaba National Park and the Agaete Valley before enjoying a coffee tasting experience

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Climb the rugged slopes of Montaña del Viso or traverse the valley in the impressive province of La Aldea

Your holiday includes:

Day 7

Discover incredible views with a walk from Pinos de Gáldar or a climb to the summit of Moriscos

Day 8

Departure day

Months of travel: Jan, Feb & Mar

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Agaete l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Walking grades

La Aldea

Teror village

Hotel Occidental Roca Negra North Atlantic Ocean

Las Palmas de Gran Canaria

Agaete Parque Natural Tamadaba

Cruz de Tejeda Tejeda

Pico de las Nieves Bay of Gando

Gran Canaria 102

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Coffee tasting

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Europe Spain

Talaia d’Alcudia

Cala Galdana

The Best of Mallorca

Highlights of Menorca

Spain | 7 nights

Spain | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,799pp | Land only from £1,659pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,699pp | Land only from £1,529pp

Months of travel: Apr, May, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Apr, May, Sep & Oct

The biggest of the Balearic Islands boasts golden beaches, turquoise waters, traditional villages, and scenic trails in a UNESCO-listed landscape.

Full of history, whitewashed villages, and wow-factor coastal walks, laidback Menorca is a beautiful Balearic island to explore on foot.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks programme with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Puerto Pollensa l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks programme with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Mahon l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Puerto Pollensa

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Mahon

Day 2

Explore the north’s valleys, coves, and headlands

Day 2

Coastal walks on the historic Cami de Cavalls

Day 3

Visit Lluc Monastery and the surrounding scenery

Day 3

Sightseeing in Ciutadella and visit Monte Toro peak

Day 4

A choice of walks on the Alcudia Peninsula

Day 4

Walk along the east coast to Es Grau

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Explore Llevant Nature Park and the town of Arta

Day 6

Discover the southwest coast’s cliffs and coves

Day 7

Tramuntana Mountains walk

Day 7

Explore limestone valleys, beaches, and sea caves

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Puerto Pollensa

Hoposa Hotel Uyal Puerto Pollensa

Balearic Sea

Seth Port Mahon

Alcúdia

Lluc

Palma

View from Monte Toro

Mallorca

Fornells

Balearic Sea

Menorca Artà

Ciutadella de Menorca

Es Migjorn Gran

Cala Galdana

Son Bou

Parque Natural de s’Albufera des Grau

Mahón

Es Castell

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

103

Portugal Europe Tavira

Lighthouse of Cabo Sao Vicente

Walking the Eastern Algarve

Walking the Western Algarve

Portugal | 7 nights

Portugal | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,499pp | Land only from £1,409pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,629pp | Land only from £1,529pp

Months of travel: Feb & Mar

Months of travel: Feb & Mar

The Eastern Algarve delights with rolling countryside, white-washed villages, vineyards, and the salt pans of Ria Formosa Natural Park.

Stretching from Silves to the Atlantic, the Western Algarve offers walks along dramatic cliffs to secluded coves and unspoilt beaches.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Tavira l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Lagos l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Tavira

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Lagos

Day 2

Explore Ria Formosa Nature Park

Day 2

Explore the wildlife-rich Alvor Estuary

Day 3

Walk selected routes on the Montes Serranos Trail

Day 3

Clifftop coastal walk to Cape St. Vincent

Day 4

Serra do Caldeirão walk and the Palácio de Estoi

Day 4

Walk through the Monchique Mountains

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Walk the Guadiana River to Vila Real de Santo Antonio

Day 6

Vicentine Coast Natural Park walk

Day 7

Walk along the Guadiana River and Corte das Donas

Day 7

Trek the Seven Hanging Valleys Trail

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Palácio de Estoi

Vila Gale Tavira

Portugal

Guardiana River

Serra do Caldeirão

Antonio

Estoi

Spain

Seven Hanging Valleys

Monchique

Monchique

Atlantic Ocean

Portugal

Vila Real de Santo António

Tavira

Faro

Atlantic Ocean

Ria Formosa Nature Park

To Faro

Cape St. Vincent

Lagos Sagres

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

104

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Portugal

“After a day spent exploring the spectacular trails of Madeira, I loved returning to the hotel for a refreshing dip in the Atlantic.”

Michelle, HF Holidays Team

Ponta de São Lourenço Nature Reserve

Wild Landscapes of Madeira Madeira | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,599pp | Land only from £1,399pp

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Canico de Baixo

Day 2

Explore the north of the island with walks in the Sao Roque Valley to Porto da Cruz

Madeira is a magnet for walkers thanks to an enchanting landscape crisscrossed with levadas – a network of irrigation channels used as walking trails. Discover thundering waterfalls, prehistoric forests, green mountains, and soaring sea cliffs as you follow these classic routes.

Day 3

Visit Cabo Girão, one of the highest sea cliffs in Europe and walk your choice of levadas for sweeping coast and countryside views

Day 4

Journey to the heart of Madeira and hike to the peak of majestic Pico Ruivo

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Walk along the São Lourenço peninsula and take a boat trip to the fishing village of Caniçal

Your holiday includes:

Day 7

Follow a coastal path formerly used to carry wine and rum from the Porto da Cruz to Machico

Day 8

Departure day

Months of travel: Jan, Feb & Mar

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Canico de Baixo l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Walking grades

Pico Ruivo

Hotel Galasol

Atlantic Ocean

Ponta de São Lourenço

Madeira Levada das 25 Fontes

Cabo Girão

Caniço de Baixo Funchal

Northern Coast Madeira

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

105

Maltese Islands Europe Dingli Cliffs

Mgarr

Complete Malta

Complete Gozo

Maltese Islands | 7 nights

Maltese Islands | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,219pp | Land only from £1,059pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,449pp | Land only from £1,299pp

Months of travel: Feb, Mar & Oct

Months of travel: Feb, Mar & Oct

With more historic sights per square mile than any other country, Malta tempts with plentiful UNESCO-listed wonders plus a wealth of walks.

Malta’s sister island Gozo is big on beautiful beaches, ancient archaeological sites, and wonderful Mediterranean coastal walks.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Mellieha l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Full programme of guided walks HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Mgarr l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Mellieha

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Mgarr

Day 2

Explore Malta’s north coast for views of St Paul's Bay

Day 2

Southern coast walk to the 17th-century Xlendi Tower

Day 3

Walk from Buskett Gardens to Dingli Cliffs

Day 3

Walk from the Church of Pilgrimage at Ta’Pinu along the north coast

Day 4

Free day

Day 4

Walk to Ramla Beach and Tal-Mixta Cave viewpoint

Day 5

A guided tour of the UNESCO-listed city of Valletta

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

A choice of coastal walks from Marsaskala to Marsaxlokk

Day 6

Walk around Xlendi Bay to Dwejra Point and see Fungus Rock

Day 7

Walk in Majjistral Nature Park ending at Golden Bay

Day 7

Coastal walk to Daħlet Qorrot beach

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Valletta

Hotel Solana

Mellieħa

Xlendi Tower

Mediterranean Sea

Mediterranean Sea

Marsalforn Dwejra Point

Rabat Mdina Dingli

Malta

Valletta

Luqa

Grand Hotel

Gozo Victoria Xlendi

Nadur

Mġarr

Marsaskala Marsaxlokk To Malta

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

106

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Cyprus

“Western Cyprus offers so much in terms of history and nature, but my favourite walks have to be in the beautiful, quiet and unspoilt Akamas peninsula. Whether it’s natural beauty, flora or the far-reaching stunning views the Akamas offers it all. A must for anyone visiting Cyprus.”

Mark, HF Holidays Leader Kourion Temple

Walking and Sightseeing in Western Cyprus Itinerary

Cyprus | 7 nights

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Paphos

Day 2

Visit the Birthplace of Aphrodite and take in views of Mount Olympus, the island's highest peak

Day 3

Full day tour of Limassol including visiting the archaeological site of ancient Kourion

Day 4

Visit Akamas Natural Reserve Park, Aphrodite’s Baths lagoon, and the ruins of a Byzantine monastery

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Follow the Artemis or Atalanti Trail through the UNESCO-listed Troödos Mountains

l

Day 7

Cross the beautiful plains of Skoteini via the Smigies Nature Trail

l

Day 8

Departure day

Flight-inclusive from £1,349pp | Land only from £1,149pp Months of travel: Feb, Mar, Apr & Oct

With its world-famous archaeological sites, beaches, and landscapes, Cyprus provides plenty to see and do.

Discover ancient ruins, take coastal walks along the Akamas Peninsula, trek in the UNESCO-listed Troödos Mountains, and stay in the harbourside resort of Paphos.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Paphos l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary)

Hotel Athena Beach

Lara Bay

Paphos Harbour

Pano Panagia

Paphos

Mediterranean Sea

Cyprus

“It would be one of my most memorable HF holidays. The local guides were excellent - and easy walks level was just right.

Cyprus people and staff are very friendly and helpful.”

HF Holidays Guest

Omodos

Episkopi

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

107

Italy Europe Pallanza from Lake Maggiore

The Best of Lake Maggiore Italy | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,449pp | Land only from £1,349pp

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Pallanza

Day 2

A choice of countryside walks on the Chestnut Route to Passera and the gardens of Villa Pallavicino

Day 3

Woodland walks from Suna to Cavandone or Verbania to Lake Mergozzo

Day 4

Sail across Lake Como to visit Torno village or climb Monte Piatto

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Set off from the hills above Lake Orta en route to pretty Orta San Giulio

Day 7

Explore the Anzasca Valley at the foot of Monte Rosa on walks to the traditional Walser village of Macugnaga

Day 8

Departure day

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Italy’s second largest lake after Lake Garda is a joy to explore. Visit the picturesque streets of Orta San Giulio and experience sunny shoreside strolls around Lake Orta and Lake Como, plus wow-worthy walks in the foothills of Monte Rosa and the Anzasca Valley.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Pallanza l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Monte Rosa

Walking grades

Lake Como, Torno

“We love that a day at Lake Como, as well as Lake Orta, are now included in our Maggiore holiday – a super way to dip your fingers into Italy’s Great Lakes.”

Hayley, HF Holidays Team

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or Hotel Belvedere San Gottardo

108

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

NEW Europe Italy

Limone sul Garda

Monte Baldo, Lake Garda

Walking Lake Garda’s Northern Shores

Valleys & Views of Garda

Italy | 7 nights

Italy | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,499pp | Land only from £1,399pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,599pp | Land only from £1,499pp

Months of travel: Apr, May, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Backed by the mighty Dolomites, Lake Garda offers walking trails around Monte Baldo, rides on the Malcesine cable car, and boat trips from Limone.

This Lake Garda holiday is ideal for those keen to admire the mountains, towns, vineyards, and glittering waters that cover the landscape.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Limone l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Poiano, perched above Garda town l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Limone

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Poiano

Day 2

Monte Brione and the Busatte-Tempesta Trail

Day 2

Climb the Rocche for stunning lake views

Day 3

Walk lakeside paths and visit old Limone sul Garda

Day 3

Explore the historic Valley of Mills

Day 4

Monte Baldo cable car ride and mountaintop walks

Day 4

Walking in Castelletto and Campo

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Explore Lake Tenno and the medieval village of Canale

Day 6

Transfer to Prada to explore Monte Baldo

Day 7

Ledro Valley walks via the Ponale Road’s WWI ruins

Day 7

Visit the villages of Muslone and Piovere

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Cable car Lake Garda

Piovere, Lake Garda

Lake Tenno

Castelletto di Brenzone

Hotel Poiano

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

109

Italy Europe

NEW

Brenta Dolomites

The Prosecco Hills

Discover Italy’s Brenta Dolomites

Walking in the Prosecco Hills

Italy | 7 nights

Italy | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,799pp | Land only from £1,609pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,729pp | Land only from £1,549pp

Months of travel: Jun, Jul, Aug & Sep

Months of travel: May, Jun & Sep

The limestone peaks, alpine pastures, and pristine lakes of Northern Italy’s Brenta Dolomites provide hundreds of spectacular walking trails.

Explore a UNESCO-listed landscape of grassy terraces and beautiful hill ridges, before ending each day with authentic Italian cuisine in this renowned wine region.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Madonna di Campiglio l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Bassano del Grappa l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Madonna di Campiglio

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Bassano del Grappa

Day 2

Explore Lago Delle Malghette in the Folgarida Mountains

Day 2

Explore Bassano, walk to San Bovo and pass by Villa Angarano

Day 3

Walk in the foothills of the Brenta Dolomites

Day 3

Walk the Asolo Hills to Colle di San Giorgio

Day 4

Hike through the Valley of Waterfalls

Day 4

Climb Monte Grappa and visit a traditional mountain refuge

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Cable car to explore the Five Lakes region

Day 6

Discover WWI history with walks on the Asiago Plateau

Day 7

Trek to Il Lago Nero in the Nambrone valley

Day 7

Walk the Prosecco Hills and enjoy a wine tasting experience

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

NardisWaterfalls

Hotel Oberosler

Malghette Lake

Bassano del Grappa

Bassano del Grappa

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

110

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Italy

Piedmont

Vernazza, Cinque Terre

Piedmont Wine and Walking

Discover the Cinque Terre

Italy | 7 nights

Italy | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,499pp | Land only from £1,399pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,599pp | Land only from £1,499pp

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Piedmont serves up rolling landscapes where you’ll walk peaceful river paths, visit Barolo vineyards, and sample food paired with famous wines.

Walk coastal paths overlooking the glittering Italian Riviera as you explore the five UNESCO-listed fishing villages known as the Cinque Terre.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Montelupo l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Bonassola l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Montelupo

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Bonassola

Day 2

A choice of walks on the Wolf’s Trail to Montelupo

Day 2

Explore hilltop villages or walk along the coast

Day 3

Walk through Piedmont’s famous Barolo vineyards

Day 3

Walk the Cinque Terre Coastal Path

Day 4

Visit historic Alba and walk along the Tanaro River

Day 4

Vernazza to Monterosso

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Explore the Bormida Valley and visit Cortemilia

Day 6

Coastal ridge walks to Portovenere and boat trip

Day 7

Walk a Tanaro Valley trail and visit Bossolasco

Day 7

Visit Portofino and sail to Santa Fruttuoso Abbey

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Hotel Ca’ del Lupo

Barbaresco

Cinque Terre National Park

Hotel delle Rose

To Turin

Barbaresco

Neive

Bonassola

Alba

Montelupo

Castello di Albese Serralunga d’Alba Barolo

Monterosso al Mare

Levanto

Italy

Vernazza Corniglia Manarola Riomaggiore Ligurian Sea

Italy

La Spezia

Porto Venere To Pisa

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

111

Italy Europe

NEW

Tuscany

Portoferraio Gulf

Essential Tuscany

Idyllic Elba and the Southern Tuscan Coast

Italy | 7 nights

Italy | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,699pp | Land only from £1,599pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,749pp | Land only from £1,649pp

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: May, Sep & Oct

Home to golden fields, green hills, terracotta-coloured towns, and a rich artistic legacy, Tuscany steals hearts like nowhere else in Italy.

From rocky slopes and golden coastline to green oases, this twin centre trip to Tuscany and the historic island of Elba covers an array of landscapes on foot.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in San Quirico l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation on Elba & 2 nights in Castiglione l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport & return Elba ferry crossings l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in San Quirico

Day 1

Arrive at our first hotel on Elba

Day 2

Explore the ancient hot springs at Bagno Vignoni

Day 2

Explore western Elba and walk to Madonna del Monte

Day 3

Walk from historic Montalcino to Sant'Antimo Abbey

Day 3

Discover eastern Elba and its ancient landmarks

Day 4

Countryside walk from Montepulciano to pretty Pienza

Day 4

Walk Elba’s famous Butterfly Path to Pietra Murata

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Discover Piertaporciana Nature Reserve

Day 6

Transfer to mainland. Maremma coastal walk and Castiglione

Day 7

Hike a section of the Via Francigena or try the Three Castles Walk

Day 7

Explore Maremma Natural Park and its beaches

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Montepulciano

Hotel Palazzuolo

Siena

Marina di Campo, Elba

Castiglione della Pescaia

Italy

To Pisa

San Quirico d’Orcia Montalcino

Pienza

Montepulciano

Bagno Vignoni

Maremma Regional

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

112

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Italy

Lake Barrea

Assisi, Umbria

Discover Abruzzo, Italy’s Wild Heart

Trails of Medieval Umbria

Italy | 7 nights

Italy | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,649pp | Land only from £1,529pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,759pp | Land only from £1,579pp

Months of travel: May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Jun & Sep

Arguably Italy’s wildest region, Abruzzo is all hidden lakes, silent valleys, vast mountain plains, wildlife-rich parks, and dramatic scenery.

Assisi’s deep green valleys, mighty mountains, and ancient Roman architecture set the scene for some incredible walks in Umbria - the Green Heart of Italy.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Villetta Barrea l 7 breakfasts, 4 packed lunches & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Assisi l 7 breakfasts, 5 packed lunches & 6 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Villetta Barrea

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Assisi

Day 2

Walk Val di Rose route or Waterfall of the Nymphs

Day 2

Explore Assisi and the trails around Mount Subasio

Day 3

Climb Monte Amaro peak or walk to Val Fondillo

Day 3

Vineyard walks to Umbria's wine capital, Montefalco

Day 4

Visit the mountain village of Scanno

Day 4

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Follow the St Francis Way to the town of Spello

Day 6

Climb La Rocca’s peaks or walk to Monte Tranquillo

Day 6

A choice of walks to the ancient town of Spoleto

Day 7

Walk through the Jannanghera Valley or to Lago Vivo

Day 7

Olive grove walks to the hilltop town of Spello

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Lake Scanno

Montefalco Vineyards

Hotel La Terrazza

Assisi Scanno

Spello

Italy

Pescasseroli Val Fondilllo

Bevagna

Italy

Villetta Barrea Barrea

Naples

Montefalco

To Rome

Spoleto

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

113

Italy Europe

NEW

Path of the Gods

Path of the Gods, Amalfi

Amalfi, Capri & the Sorrentine Peninsula

Amalfi Coast Food & Hike

Italy | 7 nights

Italy | 7 nights | Small group holiday

Flight-inclusive from £1,549pp | Land only from £1,399pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,679pp | Land only from £1,529pp

Months of travel: Apr, May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Apr, May & Sep

Prepare to create lasting memories on Italy’s most glittering coastline. Highlights include visiting the beautiful Isle of Capri and walking the ‘Path of the Gods’.

The UNESCO-listed Amalfi Coast is all cliffs, villas, and seaside towns. Enjoy Italian cooking demos and hike the famous Path of the Gods.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Sant’ Agata sui due Golfe l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders 7 nights’ accommodation in Agerola l 7 breakfasts, 4 dinners and 1 lunch with wine l Three cooking demonstrations plus various tastings l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Sant’ Agata sui due Golfe

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Agerola

Day 2

Discover the landscapes of Massa Lubrense

Day 2

Climb Monte Tre Calli and enjoy cheese tasting

Day 3

Visit the magical Isle of Capri

Day 3

Coastal walk to Praiano and pasta making class

Day 4

Journey from Amalfi to Atrani and Ravello

Day 4

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Valle delle Ferriere walk and gelato experience

Day 6

Walking on the Sorrentine Peninsula

Day 6

Path of the Gods hike and organic meal on a farm

Day 7

Walk The Path of the Gods to Positano

Day 7

Short walk to Agerola and an Italian cooking demo

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Amalfi Coast,

Hotel Delle Palme

Capri

Pasta making

Hotel B & B Oasi Fantasia

Marina di Praia, Praiano

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

114

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Italy

Ostuni

Murgia

Authentic Puglia: From Valley to Coast

Puglia Food & Hike

Italy | 7 nights

Italy | 7 nights | Small group holiday

Flight-inclusive from £1,649pp | Land only from £1,459pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,899pp | Land only from £1,699pp

Months of travel: Apr, May, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: May & Oct

Alberobello and its historic dome-roofed houses steal the show on this holiday in Puglia – the lesser visited heel in Italy’s beautiful south.

Ideal for history and food fans, this trip offers Italian cooking classes plus visits to a cheese farm and Matera’s UNESCO-listed cave dwellings.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Alberobello l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Matera l 7 breakfasts, 2 lunches & 6 dinners l Three cookery lessons & tours of Matera, Castel del Monte and Gravina l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Alberobello

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Matera

Day 2

Explore the lush Noci countryside

Day 2

Walk the Pulo of Altamura before an evening cooking lesson

Day 3

Pirro Canal and Apulian Aqueduct route

Day 3

Castel del Monte and Gravina tours. Panzerotti class

Day 4

Discover the Ostuni countryside and ancient sites

Day 4

Alta Murgia National Park walk and wine tasting

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Spend time at the Coastal Dunes Regional Park

Day 6

Visit to an artisan bakery and UNESCO-listed Matera

Day 7

Journey to the peaceful Pianelle Wood

Day 7

Murgia Plateau walk and mozzarella-making lesson

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Coastal Dunes Regional Park

Alberobello

Hotel Colle del Sole

Apulian panzerotti

Wine tasting

Sassi at Matera

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

115

Italy Europe

NEW

Monte Cofano

Lipari Quattrocchi

Sicily Food & Hike

Sicily & Volcanic Walks of the Aeolian Isles

Italy | 7 nights

Italy | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,599pp | Land only from £1,499pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,929pp | Land only from £1,719pp

Months of travel: Apr, May, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Explore Sicily through its footpaths and food. Highlights include coastal hikes through Zingaro Nature Reserve and a Palermo street food tour.

Stay in five stunning locations across Sicily and the Aeolian Islands on a tour that includes walks below Mount Etna, Europe’s highest and most active volcano.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l 7 nights’ accommodation in Castellammare del Golfo l 7 breakfasts, 2 dinners, 5 tastings, 1 cooking class l Palermo street food tour l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ comfortable accommodation l 7 breakfasts, 2 packed lunches & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Castellomare del Golfo

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Milazzo

Day 2

Visit Segesta’s ancient Greek ruins. Try local pastries

Day 2

Explore Lipari. Hike Punta Crapazza or Quattropani

Day 3

Zingaro Nature Reserve walk and cheese farm visit

Day 3

Boat to Vulcano to climb Fossa Crater

Day 4

Sample local treats on a Palermo street food tour

Day 4

Hydrofoil to Stromboli to climb Sciara del Fuoco

Day 5

Tour of Erice’s ancient ruins and cooking class

Day 5

Hydrofoil to Milazzo and transfer to Mount Etna

Day 6

Visit Monte Cofano Nature Reserve and olive oil mill

Day 6

Mount Etna walks to Monte Crisimo or Grotta dei Lamponi

Day 7

Marsala wine tasting and Stagnone Nature Reserve

Day 7

Discover Monti Sartorius or Cave of Serracozzo

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Fresh Arancini

Castellammare del Golfo

Sicily, Aeolian Islands

Serracozzo Volcanic Cave

Tyrrhenian Sea

Monte Cofano Erice

Zingaro Reserve

Segesta Palermo

Castellammare Del Golfo

Sicily Marsala

Fossa Crater

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

116

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Greece

Samaria Gorge

Karystos

Classic & Undiscovered Crete

On Foot on the Island of Evia

Greece | 7 nights

Greece | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,499pp | Land only from £1,319pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,599pp | Land only from £1,399pp

Months of travel: Apr, May, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Apr, May & Sep

Greece’s largest island has over 600 miles of coastline dotted with golden beaches, ancient ruins, whitewashed villages, and historic cities.

Walkers visiting Greece’s second largest island can enjoy the rocky ravines and waterfalls of Dimosari Gorge and climb the mighty Mount Ochi.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l 7 nights’ accommodation in Kolimbari l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders 7 nights’ accommodation in Karystos l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Kolimbari

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Karystos

Day 2

Coastal walks on the Rodopos Peninsula

Day 2

Walk around Castello Rosso to Montofoli Winery

Day 3

Explore Crete’s rural interior via Sirikari Gorge

Day 3

Climb Mount Ochi via chestnut forest walks

Day 4

Walk through famous Samaria Gorge or Imbros Gorge

Day 4

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Discover Styra’s mysterious ancient Dragon Houses

Day 6

A choice of walks to the mountain village of Milia

Day 6

Explore the waterfall trails of Dimosari Gorge

Day 7

Experience walks in the White Mountains

Day 7

Visit Poseidon’s Temple

Day 8

Departure after breakfast

Day 8

Departure after breakfast

Zourva

Spilia Village Hotel

PoseidonTemple

Hotel Anastasia

Aegean Sea

Mediterranean Sea

Kolimbari Kissamos Sirikari

Styra Chania

Evia

Spilia Topolia

Crete

Dimosari Gorge Ochi Mountains

Marmari

Zourva Samaria Gorge

To Athens

Karystos Potami beach

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

117

Romania Europe

NEW

“We are excited to offer this curated new itinerary to the heart of Romania, with wonderful contrasts of scenery, city, culture and history.”

Kathryn, HF Holidays Team

Bran Castle

Tales & Trails of Transylvania Romania | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,599pp | Land only from £1,479pp

Day 1

Arrive at our first hotel in Brasov. Get to know your local leader before enjoying a traditional Romanian dinner

Months of travel: Jun, Sep & Oct

Day 2

Guided tour of Brasov before a walk in the Carpathian Mountains of Piatra Craiului National Park and a visit to Bran Castle

Day 3

Explore the dramatic gorges, cliffs and karst formations of the Rasnoava Valley, along the contrasting route of the river

Day 4

Visit Bucegi National Park for a cable car ride over the Bucegi Plateau and the Cross of Caraiman

Day 5

Free Day

Day 6

Walk from Mesendorf to Viscri, exploring villages and Viscri’s UNESCO-listed fortified church

Day 7

Walk through mountain villages to historic Sinaia before continuing by road to Romania’s capital, Bucharest, for a guided tour

Day 8

Departure day

Let Transylvania take you by surprise with a trip to this remarkable part of Romania. Explore vast national parks teeming with wildlife, visit Dracula’s Bran Castle, and walk captivating trails in the Carpathian Mountains. There’ll also be a guided tour of Romania’s capital, Bucharest.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with a local leader l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 6 nights’ accommodation in Brasov & 1 night in Bucharest l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l

Traditional village, Viscri

Hotel Prinz Gregor

Walking grade

Carpathian Mountains

Bucegi Mountains

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or Bucharest

118

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

NEW

Bay of Kotor

Lake Ohrid

Europe Montenegro & Albania

NEW

Montenegro’s Lakes & Mountains

Adventures in Albania & Lake Ohrid

Montenegro | 7 nights

Albania & North Macedonia | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,879pp | Land only from £1,599pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,399pp | Land only from £1,279pp

Months of travel: Jun, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: Jun, Sep & Oct

Discover this Balkan beauty that tempts with soaring peaks, glistening lakes, dense forests, and over 180 miles of azure Adriatic coastline.

An up-and-coming Eastern European gem set on the shores of the Ionian Sea, Albania shines brightly for walkers keen to enjoy scenic natural wonders and cultural thrills.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with a local leader l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 4 nights’ accommodation in Kolasin & 3 nights in Rafailovici l 7 breakfasts, 1 lunch & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Guided walks with a local leader HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ touring accommodation in Albania & North Macedonia l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

Arrive at our first hotel in Kolasin

Day 1

Arrive at our first hotel in Elbasan

Day 2

Explore Biogradska Gora National Park

Day 2

Walk along the Via Egnatia to Voskopoje

Day 3

Walk in the Prokletije Mountains

Day 3

Explore traditional villages including Shipske

Day 4

Discover Durmitor National Park

Day 4

Morava Mountains to Korce

Day 5

Enjoy lunch at Skadar Lake en route to Rafailovici

Day 5

Walk trails in Galicica National Park

Day 6

Lovcen National Park

Day 6

Enjoy panoramic views along Lake Ohrid

Day 7

Sightseeing in Budva and Kotor Bay

Day 7

Travel through Gracen, Pajenge, and Terbac to Tirana

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Hotel Bianca

Biogradsko Lake

Budva

Tirana

Korce Bazaar

Valamara Mountains

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

119

Croatia Europe Brac island

Motovun

Best of the Dalmatian Coast

Walking on Croatia’s Istrian Peninsula

Croatia | 7 nights

Croatia | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,799pp | Land only from £1,599pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,759pp | Land only from £1,549pp

Months of travel: May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Months of travel: May, Jun & Sep

Explore Croatia’s famous stretch of sparkling coastline.

Highlights include visiting the beautiful Brač Island and walking in the Cetina Gorge.

Explore the vine-covered hills, seaside villages, and coastal paths of Croatia’s Istrian peninsula, staying in historic Poreč, home to a UNESCO-listed Basilica.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Baška Voda l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Poreč l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Baška Voda

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Poreč

Day 2

Explore hilltop villages en route to coastal Makarska

Day 2

Enjoy Adriatic Coast views as we walk by beaches and bays

Day 3

Boat trip to Brač and a choice of coastal walks

Day 3

Walk through woodlands and vineyards to hill-top Motovun

Day 4

Walk in the foothills of the Biokovo Mountains

Day 4

Explore the Kamenjak Peninsula’s coastline and historic Pula

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

A choice of coastal walks around Baška Voda

Day 6

Walk the old railway path to explore medieval towns

Day 7

Trek through the impressive Cetina Gorge

Day 7

Discover panoramic streams, waterfalls and Pazin Cave

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Baška Voda

Cetina Gorge Cetina Gorge

Poreč Grožnjan

Croatia

Omiš

Motovun

Poreč

Croatia

Brela

Adriatic Sea

Rovinj

Baška Voda Makarska

Brač To Split

Tučepi

Adriatic Sea

Pula Premantura

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

120

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Slovenia

“I love the combination of lakes, mountains and green pastures of wild flowers in this part of Slovenia, and staying in a comfortable hotel just a stone’s throw from the shore of Lake Bled is perfect for an evening stroll.”

Sue, HF Holidays Leader Lake Bled

Lake Bled & Slovenian Alps Slovenia | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,846pp | Land only from £1,699pp

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Bled

Day 2

Enjoy impressive views with a choice of walks around the wooded upland areas of western Lake Bled

Day 3

Explore the beautiful Bohinj valley with walks in the waterfall-lined Mostnica Gorge

Day 4

Head deep into the Julian Alps with walks to glittering Jasna Lake or Kranjska Gora

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Ride the Vogel cable car for walks around Lake Bohinj or in the foothills below the summit of Sija

Day 7

Visit Vintgar Gorge or take on a challenging ridge walk to the viewpoint of Debela Peč

Day 8

Departure day

Months of travel: May, Jun, Sep & Oct

Discover crystal-clear lakes backed by the slopes of Slovenia’s Julian Alps and stay just a few hundred metres from the shore of Lake Bled. Enjoy incredible walks in Triglav National Park plus a cable car ride up Mount Vogel for views over the 2,864-metre peak of Mount Triglav.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Bled l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l l

Vintgar Gorge

Walking grades

Triglav National Park

Kranjska Gora

Slovenia

Vršič Pass Triglav National Park

Austria

Debela Peč

Bled

HF Holidays Guest

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or

Mostnica Gorge Lake Bohinj

“Excellent local guides who led us expertly on all hard walks.

Their local knowledge was invaluable. The hotel was very comfortable with good and varied food and excellent service. All transport was excellent during the holiday and very prompt.”

To Ljubljana

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

121

Austria Europe

NEW

Hallstatt, Salzkammergut

Walking in the Austrian Lake District Austria | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,849pp | Land only from £1,729pp

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Bad Goisern

Day 2

Ride the Katrin cable car for walks to the summit via the Elferkogel and the Serpentine Trail

Day 3

Follow the River Traun as it winds its way towards Untersee and a longer route to Lake Halstatt

Day 4

Explore the UNESCO-listed landscapes of Salzkammergut with walks in the Dachstein Mountains

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Pass Wildenstein Castle ruins with a walk towards Lake Nussen or via the historic Brine Trail

Day 7

Walk through spectacular valleys on the Traunreiter and Ewige Wand trails

Day 8

Departure day

Months of travel: Jun, Sep & Oct

Adored for its awesome alpine scenery, the UNESCO-listed Salzkammergut region is known as Austria’s Lake District.

Combine exhilarating mountain walks with visits to the historic spa town of Bad Ischl, a cable car ride up Katrin Alp, and shoreside strolls around Lake Halstatt.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Bad Goisern l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Gatwick, baggage and transfers l l

Mount Katrin cable car

Walking grades

Goisererhof Hotel

Austrian Lake District

“Such rich contrasts, from fjord-like lakes to high mountains.

Bad Goisern sits in the meadows between the royal spa town of Bad Ischl and honeypot Hallstatt....with the Dachstein range as a backdrop.”

Rob, HF Holidays Team

122

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Bad Ischl

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Europe Austria

Christmas Market, Vienna

Brandberg , Mayrhofen

Classical Vienna & Festive Markets

Hike Austria’s Zillertal Alps

Austria | 5 nights

Austria | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,599pp | Land only from £1,479pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,849pp | Land only from £1,679pp

Month of travel: Dec 2024

Months of travel: Jun, Jul, Aug & Sep

Visit Austria’s capital Vienna to shop the Christmas markets, ride a steam train to Mariazell, enjoy a classical music concert, and more.

Extending from Austria to Italy, the Zillertal Alps are bursting with diverse walking trails and mountains up to 11,500ft high.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided sightseeing with local leader l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 5 nights’ accommodation in Vienna l 5 breakfasts & 5 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Mayrhofen l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport & Z Card for free transport & cable cars l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Vienna

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Mayrhofen

Day 2

Guided tour, markets, and an evening classical music concert

Day 2

Cable car to the alpine pastures of the Penken area

Day 3

Explore Vienna Woods on foot and visit Heiligenkreuz Abbey and Baden before dinner and music at a traditional Austrian tavern

Day 3

Walks in and above the Stillup Valley

Day 4

Discover waterfalls and snowy peaks in the Tux Valley

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Ziller Valley walk or cable car ride and Heimjoch

Day 7

Enjoy dramatic walks around the high Schlegeis Dam

Day 8

Departure day

Day 4

Enjoy a steam train ride to Mariazell Christmas markets

Day 5

Klosterneuburg and audio tour of Schönbrunn Palace

Day 6

Departure day

Classical Music, Vienna

Parkhotel Schönbrunn

Schlegeis Reservoir

Zillertal Alps Nature Park To Munich

Penkenjoch

Mayrhofen Brandberg

Tux Finkenberg

Austria Schönbrunn Palace, Vienna

Zamser Bach

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

123

Austria Europe Stubai Tyrol Alps

Seefeld Plateau

Hike Austria’s Stubai Alps

Discover Austria’s Seefeld Plateau

Austria | 7 nights

Austria | 7 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,779pp | Land only from £1,579pp

Flight-inclusive from £1,699pp | Land only from £1,499pp

Months of travel: Jun, Jul, Aug & Sep

Months of travel: May, Jun, Jul & Sep

Walk the trails around Austria’s biggest glacier, savour traditional Tyrolean food, and unwind in peaceful Neustift.

Mighty mountain ranges surround this peaceful plateau.

Discover the scenic Gaistal Valley and the waterfalls of the Leutasch Spirit Gorge.

Your holiday includes: l

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Neustift l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport & Stubai Card for free public transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary)

Your holiday includes:

l

l

Itinerary

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Leutasch l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport & Seefeld free public transport card l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Walking grades

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Neustift

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Leutasch

Day 2

Climb the Elfer, one of Stubai’s Seven Summits

Day 2

Explore the charming hamlets of the Leutasch Valley

Day 3

Sunnenseit’n Weg and the suspension bridge

Day 3

Visit Mösern village, home to the 10-ton Peace Bell

Day 4

Walk below King Serles, another of the Seven Summits

Day 4

Enjoy riverside walks in the wild Gaistal Valley

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Discover glacial lakes and the Wild Water Way

Day 6

Walk in the Leutasch Valley and visit Mittenwald

Day 7

Schlickeralm meadow walk or climb Höher Burgstall

Day 7

Discover the beautiful lakes of the Wildmoos Plateau

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Hotel Sonnhof

Stubai Valley To Munich

Austria

Mittenwald

Hotel Kristall

Germany Weidach

Mieders

Neustift im Stubaital

Milders

To Munich

Austria

Leutasch

Elferspitze

Mutterbergalm

Möserer See

Seefeld

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

124

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Austria

Leutasch Valley

ÖBB Train

Seefeld Plateau Discovery Tour

Austrian Tyrol Rail Adventure

Austria | 7 nights

Austria | 9 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,829pp | Land only from £1,629pp

Rail-inclusive from £2,359pp

Months of travel: Aug

Months of travel: Jul

This tour of Austria’s Seefeld Plateau includes a heritage steam train ride, a boat trip on Lake Achen, and a visit to Innsbruck.

Travel to Austria by rail to explore the Tyrol’s scenic highlights via train, tram, cable car, and boat, including Innsbruck and Lake Achen.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided sightseeing with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Leutasch l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport & Seefeld free public transport card l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l

Fully escorted return rail travel from London to Austria HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Leutasch & 2 nights in Cologne l 9 breakfasts & 9 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Please turn to page 95 for further information on rail holidays l l

Itinerary

Itinerary

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Leutasch

Day 1

London St Pancras to Brussels via Eurostar. Onward to Cologne

Day 2

Visit Wildsee Lake and the Mösern Peace Bell

Day 2

Innsbruck by rail via Munich. Transfer to your hotel

Day 3

Guided tour of Innsbruck, Tyrol’s regional capital

Day 3

Explore the Seefeld Plateau

Day 4

Free day

Day 4

Visit Innsbruck, the Tyrol region’s capital

Day 5

Cross border to visit Germany’s highest mountain

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Steam railway ride and Lake Achen boat trip

Day 6

Steam railway ride and Lake Achen boat trip

Day 7

Leutasch Valley walk and Bavarian Mittenwald visit

Day 7

Walk through the Leutasch Valley

Day 8

Departure day

Day 8

Stubaitalbahn tram into the impressive Stubai Valley

Day 9

Train to Cologne via Munich. Overnight stay

Day 10 Departure day. Return via train to Brussels and Eurostar

Zugspitze

Lake Achen

Mösern Peace Bell

Innsbruck

Leutasch Gorge

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

125

Switzerland Europe

‘‘Adelboden is a walker’s paradise and as a big nature fan, Lake Oeschinen’s status as a UNESCO World Heritage Site makes it a real highlight of the area for me.”

Sharon, HF Holidays Team

Adelboden Village

Scenic Swiss Alps Switzerland | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £2,599pp | Land only from £2,379pp

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Adelboden

Day 2

Explore Tschentenegg’s alpine meadows for views of the Engstligen valley and Adelboden or summit the Schwadfelspitz

Day 3

Walk the floral trail plains of the Hahnenmoos Pass with a gondola ride over the valley

Day 4

Kandersteg Valley walks and cable car to Oeschinensee, a mountain lake in spectacular surroundings

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Visit the impressive Engstligen Waterfall and explore the alpine pastures of Wildstrubel

Day 7

Climb the summit of Elsighorn or cross the mountainside on an easier route via Lohner Falls

Day 8

Departure day

Months of travel: Jun, Jul & Aug

Alpine air and dramatic scenery make Switzerland perfect for a mountain walking holiday. Visit the Bernese Oberland for walks beneath the Engstligen Valley’s snow-capped peaks, take a gondola ride to Oeschinen Lake, and climb to the 2,341-metre summit of Elsighorn.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders 7 nights’ accommodation in Adelboden l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Walking grades

Adelboden

Lake Oeschinensee

Zurich Hörnliweg

Elsighorn

Adelboden Hahnenmoos Pass Engstligenalp

126

Oeschinensee

Hotel Steinmattli

Switzerland

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Europe Switzerland

Stanserhorn CabriO Cableway

Rigi Mountain Railway

Swiss Big Five Mountain Railway Adventure

Swiss Mountain Snow Train Adventure

Switzerland | 9 nights

Switzerland | 9 nights

Rail-inclusive from £2,399pp

Rail-inclusive from £2,299pp

Months of travel: May, Jun & Sep

Months of travel: Jan & Mar

Stay on the shores of Lake Lucerne and experience five of Switzerland’s most thrilling rail and cable car journeys all in one holiday.

Ride the rails through Switzerland’s stunning lakes, mountains, and valleys on an adventure to the highest point on the Glacier Express route.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Fully escorted return rail travel from London to Switzerland l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights in Hergiswil and overnight stays in Strasbourg & Basel l 9 breakfasts & 9 dinners l All rail and cable car journeys & local transport pass l Please turn to page 95 for further information on rail holidays l

Fully escorted return rail travel from London to Switzerland HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights in Hergiswil and overnight stays in Strasbourg & Basel l 9 breakfasts & 9 dinners l All rail and cable car journeys & local transport pass l Please turn to page 95 for further information on rail holidays l l

Itinerary

Itinerary

Day 1

Meet at London St Pancras. Eurostar to Paris, TGV to Strasbourg

Day 1

Meet at London St Pancras. Eurostar to Paris, TGV to Strasbourg

Day 2

Train from Strasbourg to Hergiswil via Basel and Lucerne

Day 2

Travel via Basel and Lucerne to Hergiswil

Day 3

Boat to Bürgenstock and ride on Europe’s highest outdoor lift

Day 3

Interlaken Express ride and free time in Grindelwald

Day 4

Ride the Stanserhorn CabriO Cableway, the world’s first open-air cable car

Day 4

Visit Engelberg and ride the Titlis Rotair revolving gondola

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Travel by rail to the highest point on the Glacier Express route

Day 7

Lake Lucerne boat trip and Rigi Railway ride, Europe’s first mountain railway

Day 8

Voralpen-Express to Rothenthurm and Einsiedeln

Day 9

Depart Hergiswil for Basel via Lucerne. Overnight stay

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Boat to Vitznau and Rigi Railway ride, Europe’s first mountain railway

Day 7

Boat to Alpnachstad and ride on the world’s steepest cogwheel railway, Pilatus Railway

Day 8

Cable car to Stand and ride on the revolving Titlis gondola

Day 9

Train to Basel via Lucerne. Free time to explore the city

Day 10 Departure after breakfast via TGV & Eurostar

Day 10 Departure after breakfast via TGV & Eurostar

Seehotel Pilatus Rigi Mountain Railway

“Europe’s first mountain railway, the world’s first revolving gondola, Europe’s steepest cog railway, the world’s highest outdoor rock lift and the world’s first cabriO cable car...all on one tour of superlatives based beside lovely Lake Lucerne.”

Rob, HF Holidays Team

Lucerne

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

127

Germany Europe Freiburg

Brocken Railway

Black Forest Rail Discovery

Rail & Trail through the Harz Mountains

Germany | 7 nights

Germany | 8 nights

Rail-inclusive from £2,299pp | Land only from £1,999pp

Rail-inclusive from £2,299pp

Months of travel: May & Sep

Months of travel: Jun, Jul & Sep

Travel by boat, cable car, and the seriously scenic Höllental Railway to discover the fairytale-like landscapes of Germany’s Black Forest.

Explore the heart of Germany by track and trail. Enjoy scenic walks in the Harz Mountains and discover medieval Goslar and royal Quedlinburg.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Fully escorted return rail travel from London to Hinterzarten l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights in Hinterzarten with 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l Guided tour of Freiburg and St Peter’s Abbey l Return cable car journeys and Titisee boat ride l Please turn to page 95 for further information on rail holidays l

Fully escorted return rail travel from London to the Harz Mountains Guided walks with a local leader l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 6 nights’ accommodation in Wernigerode & 2 in Cologne l 8 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 2 packed lunches & 8 dinners l Guided tours of Cologne, Wernigerode, Quedlinburg and Goslar l Please turn to page 95 for further information on rail holidays l l

Itinerary

Itinerary

Day 1

London to Hinterzarten via Paris, Karlsruhe & Freiburg

Day 1

St Pancras to Brussels via Eurostar. Onward rail to Cologne

Day 2

Guided tour of medieval Freiburg and free time

Day 2

Rail to Wernigerode via Hannover and Goslar

Day 3

Visit St Peter’s Abbey with a guided tour

Day 3

Forest trail walk and Wernigerode Castle guided tour

Day 4

Höllentalbahn railway and Schauinsland cable car

Day 4

Tour the UNESCO-listed mining town of Goslar

Day 5

Free day

Day 5

Steam train ride to the Brocken, the Harz’ highest peak

Day 6

Visit Triberg Waterfalls and the Black Forest Museum

Day 6

UNESCO-listed Quedlinburg and Eselstall Forest walk

Day 7

Feldberg summit cable car ride and Titisee boat trip

Day 7

Walk the monastery path to Ilsenburg

Day 8

Departure day. London via Freiburg, Karlsruhe and Paris

Day 8

Train to Cologne via Goslar and Hannover. Overnight stay

Day 9

Departure day. London via Brussels

Walking grade

Harzer Kultur und Kongresshotel

Quedlinburg old town

Ravenna Bridge, Black Forest

Hotel Schwarzwaldhof

Goslar

Ilsenburg

Germany

Wernigerode

Brocken

“The Black Forest in Germany is an incredible place to visit, filled with charming towns, picturesque wildflower meadows and breathtaking views. A highlight for me was the guided tour of Freiburg - a fascinating town full of history and character.”

Emily, HF Holidays Team

Quedlinburg

By Rail

To Cologne

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

128

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Poland

Tatra Mountains

Trek the Polish Tatra Mountains Poland | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,589pp | Land only from £1,389pp

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Zakopane

Day 2

Walk Wielki Kopieniec and the Nosalowa pass or climb the famous Boczań Ridge and visit Black Lake

Day 3

Explore Kościeliska and Mała Łąka valleys or summit Giewont, the highest peak of the Western Tatras

Day 4

Ride a cable car to Kasprowy Wierch and summit Beskid for amazing views over neighbouring Slovakia

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Enjoy a gentle woodland walk by Mickiewicz waterfalls or explore the Valley of Five Lakes

Day 7

Head into Slovakia to explore Strbske and Popradske lakes or trek through the Valley of Seven Springs

Day 8

Departure day

Months of travel: Jun, Jul, Aug & Sep

Poland’s impressive Tatra Mountains take centre stage on this walking holiday. Climb the Boczań Ridge via the rugged Karb Pass and Black Lake, and conquer the summit of Giewont. The park is also a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve, so you can spot chamois, wild lynx, and even brown bears.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Zakopane l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers (flights available from other airports - price may vary) l l

Hotel Grand Stamary

Tatra Mountains

Zakopane To Krakow

Poland

Kasprowy Wierch

Popradske Lake

“This is the first time we have been on an organised walking holiday and thoroughly enjoyed the walks, the company, the accommodation, and our guides.”

Kopieniec Wielki

Przysłop Miętusi

Walking grades

Mickiewicz waterfalls

Slovakia

HF Holidays Guest

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or Štrbské Pleso

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865 Gubałówka

129

Norway Europe Lofoten Islands

Lofoten Islands

Hike Norway’s Wild Lofoten Islands

Lofoten Winter Landscapes & Northern Lights

Norway | 7 nights

Norway | 6 nights

Flight-inclusive from £2,619pp | Land only from £2,499pp

Flight-inclusive from £2,199pp | Land only from £2,049pp

Months of travel: Jul, Aug & Sep

Months of travel: Feb

Visit a wonderland of jagged mountains, plunging fjords, brilliantly white sand beaches, and staggering natural beauty on the Norwegian Sea.

Experience the best of Norway’s Lofoten Islands with snowshoe walks, a wildlife-watching boat trip, a food tour, and a Northern Lights photo lesson.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with HF Holidays Leaders l 7 nights’ accommodation in Svolvær l 7 breakfasts & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided excursions with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l 6 nights’ accommodation in Svolvær l 6 breakfasts & 6 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Svolvær

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Svolvær

Day 2

Explore the fishing villages of Svolvær and Kabelvåg

Day 2

Northern Lights hunting and photo lesson with an expert

Day 3

Walk the hills and coastline of Vestvågøy island

Day 3

Guided snowshoe walk in Kabelvåg region

Day 4

Free day

Day 4

Wildlife boat trip and Lofoten food tour

Day 5

Ferry to Hadseløya island and a choice of walks

Day 5

Guided snowshoe walk in Teishaugen forest

Day 6

Walk the Apnesfjellet ridge or climb Justadtinden

Day 6

Free day

Day 7

Explore Skrova island for views over Lofoten

Day 7

Departure day

Day 8

Departure day

Vestvågøy Island

Hotel Thon Svolvær

Hotel Thon Svolvær

Melbu

Norwegian Sea

Svolvær Uttakleiv

Snowshoe walk

Kabelvåg Stamsund

Norway

Skrova To Harstad Narvik airport Evenes

Northern Lights

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

130

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Europe Norway

Rondane National Park

Flam Railway

Walking in Norway’s Rondane

Norway’s Fjords, Fells & Railways

Norway | 7 nights

Norway | 9 nights

Flight-inclusive from £1,999pp | Land only from £1,799pp

Flight-inclusive from £2,999pp | Land only from £2,799pp

Months of travel: Jun, Jul & Aug

Months of travel: Jun, Jul, Aug & Sep

Visit the heart of Norway to discover mountain plateaus, deep valleys, waterfalls, sparkling lakes, and a variety of wildlife.

Journey across Norway’s wild mountains and majestic fjords by rail and boat, visiting Oslo, Stavanger, and UNESCO-listed Bergen along the way.

Your holiday includes:

Your holiday includes:

Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l 7 nights’ accommodation in Venabu l 7 breakfasts, 6 packed lunches & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l

Itinerary

Walking grades

Guided walks & sightseeing with a local leader 9 nights’ touring accommodation in Norway l 9 breakfasts, 1 lunch & 7 dinners l All in-destination transport l Return flights from London Heathrow, baggage and transfers l l

Itinerary

Walking grade

Day 1

Arrive at our first hotel in Oslo

Day 1

Arrive at our hotel in Venabu

Day 2

Ride the Bergen Railway to the ‘Roof of Norway’

Day 2

Walk by lakes and waterfalls on Venabygdsfjellet

Day 3

Train to Finse and walk to Hardanger Glacier

Day 3

Explore rocky Ringebufjellet or walk the Rondane Trail

Day 4

Ride the famous Flåm Railway. Sail to Sognefjord

Day 4

A choice of walks on the mountainous Peer Gynt Trail

Day 5

Fjærlandsfjord boat trip and visit to Bøyabreen Glacier

Day 5

Free day

Day 6

Ferry to Bergen, Norway’s second city

Day 6

Walk to Sohlbergplassen in the Rondane National Park

Day 7

Guided tour of Bergen and Fløibanen Funicular

Day 7

Climb to the alpine plateau of Venabygdsfjellet

Day 8

Ferry to the historic port of Stavanger

Day 8

Departure day

Day 9

Climb Preikestolen, a plateau known as Pulpit Rock

Day 10 Departure after breakfast

Atna Lake, Rondane

Rondane National Park

Venabu Fjellhotell

Bergen

Pulpit Rock

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

131

Holidays further afield

132

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Worldwide

With over 110 years of experience, we know all about designing unforgettable holidays in some of the best places on the planet.

Our worldwide holidays offer a diverse range of destinations, from the majestic landscapes of the USA to the natural wonders and wildlife havens of South Africa. We’re your ticket to the adventure of a lifetime.

Kauai, Hawaii

Where to go Canada

136 - 137

Hawaii

138

USA

139 - 140

Cuba

141

Costa Rica

142

Ecuador & Galapagos

143

Peru

144

Chile & Easter Island

145

Patagonia

146

Morocco

147

Cape Verde

148

South Africa

149

Eswatini

150

Namibia

151

Jordan

152

Oman

153

Kazakhstan & Kyrgyzstan

154

Georgia

155

Nepal

156

Bhutan

157

Kerala

158

Thailand

159

Vietnam

160

Laos & Cambodia

161

Japan

162

New Zealand

163

Wildlife, Costa Rica

Jemaa el Fna Square, Marrakesh

Mount Fiji, Japan

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

133

Our worldwide holidays

Our worldwide holidays Our worldwide holidays take you to 28 diverse destinations, offering a perfect blend of active walking adventures and immersive cultural experiences that truly connect you with the essence of each place.

New for 2025, you can explore the enchanting state of Kerala, India’s most captivating region, embark on thrilling hikes in Bhutan’s Himalayas, island-hop through the paradise of Hawaii, or experience Big Game safaris in Eswatini. These unforgettable journeys bring together solo travellers, couples, and groups, forging unique and lasting friendships along the way.

What to expect on a worldwide holiday: l l

l

Experienced local leaders who know a place best Guided walking, insightful sightseeing, and memorable cultural experiences

l l

Majority of meals included during your trip ATOL-protected flight packages from the UK, including hold baggage and airport transfers

Accommodation that reflects the authenticity of your destination

Our holiday itineraries differ by destination, so please refer to each specific holiday for details on what’s included.

Zebras, Eswatini

134

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Explore further afield with confidence

Our expert local leaders are the best storytellers, selected for their knowledge, enthusiasm, and passion for the great outdoors. They play an important role in sharing the rich history and hidden gems of each destination for a truly memorable experience.

Our worldwide holidays

Wherever you choose to go, we will handle every aspect of your adventure, ensuring a seamless experience so you can relax and immerse yourself in the joy of the journey. From spectacular walks and sightseeing tours to sampling local cuisine, and staying in carefully chosen accommodation, every detail is taken care of.

Costa Rica Eating sushi, Japan

Fly with confidence Take the hassle out of flying abroad by booking a flight-inclusive package. Our flights team have done all the research to get the best price, and you benefit from financial security with full ATOL protection.

Flights depart from London airports and include hold baggage and return airport transfers to and from your hotels. We also offer a selection of holidays from Manchester, Birmingham and other regional airports (prices may vary).

If you would prefer to travel earlier or later than our offered holiday flights, we may be able to arrange this at the time of booking (additional fees may apply). If you choose this option, hotel transfers are not included.

Our worldwide holidays are also available without taking our flights - please see our land only prices. If you choose to book your own flights, you will not be covered by our ATOL or ABTOT licence and may not be able to benefit from our airport transfers.

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

135

Canada Worldwide: The Americas

“The Canadian Rockies are truly spectacular and this holiday far exceeded all the (high!) hopes that we had beforehand. We 100% recommend this trip.”

HF Holidays Guest

Lake Louise

Among The Canadian Rockies Canada | 15 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £7,099pp | Land only from £6,339pp

Day 1

Arrive in Calgary and transfer to Banff

Day 2

Tour Cave and Basin site, picnic, walk to Bow Falls or Tunnel Mountain

For memory-making walks and wildlife encounters, the UNESCO-listed Canadian Rockies are hard to beat. Marvel at mountain scenery in Banff, Jasper, and Kootenay National Parks and visit the iconic Chateau Lake Louise, an historic log cabin hotel that overlooks the glacier-fed lake.

Day 3

Explore Johnson Lake area and old town site of Bankhead

Day 4

Visit UNESCO site Lake Louise and Chateau Lake Louise

Day 5

Walk in Marble Canyon, Kootenay National Park

Day 6

Transfer to Jasper National Park, walk to Boundary Lake

Day 7

Walks at Old Fort Point or the Valley of the Five Lakes

Your holiday includes:

Day 8

Explore Maligne Valley, walk Moose Lake loop or the Bald Hills Trail

Day 9

Visit the alpine valley of Mount Edith Cavell

Months of travel: Jun, Jul, Aug & Sep 2026 dates also available

Choice of guided walks with local leaders l Full-board accommodation (all meals included) l All national park entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Return Air Canada flights from London Heathrow to Calgary with baggage and transfers l

Walking grades

Day 10 A choice of walks around Jasper, including Pyramid Lake, Patricia Lake, Lake Annette and Lake Edith Day 11

Head south to Kananaskis, walk in Bow Valley Provincial Park

Day 12 Full day of walking in Kananaskis Provincial Park Day 13 Walk around Wedge Pond, hike Heart Creek Canyon, visit Mount Lorette Ponds Day 14 Walk to the summit of Highwood pass and hike the Ptarmigan Cirque Day 15 Visit Calgary, short city walk, transfer to airport for overnight flight to the UK Day 16 Arrive in the UK

Grizzly Bear, Banff National Park

Jasper

Alberta

Jasper National Park Banff

Lake National Park Louise Banff

British Columbia

136

Kananaskis Provincial Park Calgary

Kananaskis Kananaskis Provincial Park

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

NEW Worldwide: The Americas Canada

Peggy’s Cove Lighthouse, Nova Scotia

Maritime Canada: Nova Scotia to Prince Edward Island Canada | 11 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £5,999pp | Land only from £5,499pp

Day 1

Arrive in Nova Scotia and transfer to your hotel. Free time before a walking tour of Downtown Halifax

Months of travel: Jun & Sep 2026 dates also available

Day 2

Hike Cape Split in the Annapolis Valley. Visit Hall's Harbour and enjoy wine tasting at a vineyard

Day 3

Visit Peggy’s Cove with its famous lighthouse. Later, enjoy a walk on Halifax Waterfront Boardwalk

Day 4

Victoria Park waterfall walk before a lobster fishing boat cruise and dinner in Shediac

Day 5

Visit Irving and Homarus Eco-Centres. Walk the boardwalk at La Dune de Bouctouche

Day 6

Explore Prince Edward Island. Visit Green Gables Heritage Place and walk the Confederation Trail

Day 7

Hike the Greenwich Dunes Trail and visit Charlottetown, the birthplace of Canada

Day 8

Walk from Cardigan to Montague and visit Point Prim Lighthouse

Day 9

Journey to Cape Breton for a hike along the Fair Alistair’s Trail

Take an unforgettable journey through Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island. Discover a land of raw beauty and rich seafaring traditions as you explore Canada’s wild Atlantic coast. Experience everything from shoreline strolls to thrilling climbs on Cape Breton’s Skyline Trail.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks and sightseeing with experienced local leaders Comfortable accommodation l 11 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 8 dinners l Air-conditioned transport l All transport to and from walks where necessary l Return Air Canada flights from London Heathrow to Halifax with baggage and transfers l l

Walking grade

Day 10 Hike Cape Breton National Park’s Skyline Trail. Spot local wildlife and enjoy coastal views Day 11

Return to Halifax. Spend your final day exploring the city independently

Day 12 Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK

Charlotte Town, Victoria

Cabot Trail

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or Rodd Brudenell River Resort Hotel, Maritime Canada

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

137

USA Worldwide: The Americas

NEW

Waimea Canyon

Hawaii Island Hopping USA | 12 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £7,199pp | Land only from £6,299pp

Day 1

Fly to Big Island via mainland USA, then transfer to the hotel

Day 2

Explore Lapakahi State Historical Park before a welcome drink and dinner at Lava Lava Beach Club

Embark on a fabulous trip to America’s 50th state where natural wonders and cultural experiences await. You’ll hike Kīlauea Iki’s fiery crater rim, trek through the rainforest to the 440ft Akaka Falls, and walk to Waimea Canyon, known as the Grand Canyon of the Pacific.

Day 3

Visit Pu‘uhonua o Hōnaunau National Historical Park, Papakōlea green sand beach, and Punalu‘u Beach

Day 4

Hike Volcanoes National Park, famous for its endemic flora and fauna

Day 5

Hike Napau Crater Trail to Pu’u Huluhulu, then visit macadamia farms

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Self-guided hike to Kahūnā Falls and the 442-foot Akaka Falls

Day 7

Browse the farmers’ market, then hike around Pu’u Huluhulu

Day 8

Morning at leisure, then fly to Kauai in the afternoon

Day 9

Walk through Waimea Canyon State Park and spot nene birds and other species

Months of travel: Apr & Nov

Guided walks and sightseeing with local leaders l Accommodation with 11 breakfasts, 10 lunches, 7 dinners l All tips, sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Domestic flights from Big Island to Kauai l A traditional Luau dinner l United Airlines flights from London Heathrow to Kona via San Francisco.

Returning from Lihue via Los Angeles and New York with baggage and transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Explore Kīlauea Point, Limahuli Gardens and Preserve, and watch the sunset in Princeville Day 11

Walk to Gillin’s Beach, follow the Maha’ulepu Heritage Trail, and experience a Luau dinner

Days 12 - 13

Transfer to the airport for flights back to the UK via mainland USA

Kauai

Waimea canyon

Kauai

North Pacific Ocean

Hawaiian Islands

Lihue

Kona

KalokoHonokohau National Historical Park

138

Akaka Falls State Park Volcanoes National Park Punalu’u Beach

Hawaii

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Akaka Falls

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: The Americas USA

“The actual itinerary was fantastic. The scenery was amazing.

I learned a great deal about the geology of the National Parks, & also unexpectedly about the culture of Native Americans & their ancestors in that area.”

HF Holidays Guest Zion National Park

National Parks of the Southwest USA USA | 15 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £6,999pp | Land only from £6,199pp

Day 1

Fly to Las Vegas airport, then transfer to your downtown hotel

Day 2

Head towards St George and Snow Canyon State Park and continue to Springdale in Zion National Park

For epic landscapes and soul-stirring views, the southwest USA is unrivalled. This holiday promises endless opportunities for walkers, adventurers, and nature lovers in Arches, Bryce Canyon, Canyonlands, Capitol Reef, and Zion national parks as well as the showstopping Grand Canyon.

Day 3

Visit Zion National Park. Walk the Sand Bench trail and admire the Court of the Patriarchs and the Sentinel

Day 4

Take the Watchman Trail at Zion National Park. Later, continue to Bryce Canyon National Park

Day 5

Spend the whole day walking in Bryce Canyon

Day 6

Take a scenic drive along Highway 12, over petrified sand dunes to Capitol Reef National Park

Your holiday includes:

Day 7

Explore Capitol Reef National Park and continue to our waterside hotel on the Green River

Day 8

Visit Arches National Park in Utah, home to over 2,000 natural rock arches

Day 9

Head to the ‘Needles’ area of Canyonlands National Park, with a short stop at Newspaper Rock

Months of travel: Apr, May & Oct

Guided walks with local leaders l Full-board accommodation l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Tips l Return British Airways flights from London Heathrow to Las Vegas with baggage and transfers l

Day 10 Explore Monument Valley, including a jeep tour and a Navajo-style lunch Day 11

Las Vegas

Monument Valley

Walking grade

Discover Canyon de Chelly National Monument and the sacred Navajo land on a full-day guided walk

Day 12 Continue to the Grand Canyon, aiming to arrive in time to watch the sun set Day 13 Discover Grand Canyon National Park with your local guide Day 14 Return to Las Vegas via Route 66 and discover historic Fremont Street Day 15 Transfer to Las Vegas airport for your overnight flight to the UK Day 16 Arrive back in the UK

Green River

USA Nevada

Capitol Reef National Park Zion National Park

Springdale

Moab

Torrey Bryce

Utah

Bryce Canyon National Park

Arizona

Las Vegas

Arches National Park

Tusayan Grand Canyon National Park

Monument Valley

Chinle

Canyon de Chelly

Sunset, Grand Canyon National Park

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

139

USA Worldwide: The Americas Norris Geyser Basin, Yellowstone National Park

Highlights of the American Rockies USA | 14 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £6,499pp | Land only from £5,899pp

Day 1

Arrive in Denver, transfer to your hotel

Day 2

Explore Denver including the iconic Red Rocks Amphitheatre and Buffalo Bill’s grave

Day 3

Take a drive to the Rocky Mountains. Visit Grand Lake, a historic mining town turned holiday retreat

Day 4

Spend the morning spotting elk, including trekking along the Ute Trail

Day 5

Walk the Lulu City Trail before departing Grand Lake for the mountain town of Lander in Wyoming

Day 6

Drive to West Yellowstone. Take in vistas of Hayden Valley and the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone

Day 7

Explore Yellowstone National Park, including Lamar Valley, TowerRoosevelt, and Mammoth Hot Springs

Day 8

Visit Norris Geyser Basin, Grand Prismatic Spring, and the famous geyser known as Old Faithful

Day 9

Drive to Grand Teton National Park to explore the landscapes surrounding Jenny Lake

Months of travel: Jun & Sep

Journey through the Rocky Mountains, a wild frontier where wolves, bears, and bison roam freely while bald eagles command the skies above. Follow in the footsteps of early pioneers and Wild West icons as we journey from the lakes and peaks of Colorado and Wyoming to Utah.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l Comfortable accommodation l 13 breakfasts, 13 lunches, 6 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Tips l Return British Airways flights from London Heathrow to Denver with baggage and transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Ascend the summit of Grand Teton by gondola for wilderness views. Our descent follows the Wildflower Trail Day 11

Journey through the Uinta Mountain range en route to Moab

Day 12 Hike through Arches National Park to marvel at Delicate Arch Day 13 Drive from Moab to Denver, with opportunities for a walking city tour on arrival Days 14 - 15

Transfer to the airport for your overnight flight to the UK

Hayden Valley, Yellowstone National Park

“A very well organised and led holiday, excellent accommodation, very good restaurants chosen for evening dinners out. Well led tours by park ranger guides and very attentive service by the HF Leader.”

HF Holidays Guest

140

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Spot Elk along the Ute Trail

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: The Americas Cuba

Last-chance to book Final departure January 2025

Viñales Valley

Highlights of Cuba Cuba | 15 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £3,999pp | Land only from £2,999pp

Day 1

Meet your local guide for a welcome drink and dinner

Day 2

Old Havana walking tour including visit to Hemingway’s room at Hotel Ambos Mundos and a tapas dinner

From historic Havana to the lush tobacco fields of the Viñales Valley, this trip packs in plenty of Cuba’s natural wonders and cultural experiences. Tour UNESCO-listed Old Havana, soak up Trinidad’s timeless charm, visit Che Guevara’s resting place, and more.

Day 3

Drive to Viñales Valley for a cigar rolling demonstration and walk.

Dinner at an organic farm

Day 4

Sunrise walk on the Acuáticos trail, visit a tobacco factory, and dine at a local restaurant

Day 5

Travel to Santa Clara, visit Las Terrazas Biosphere Reserve and the Che Guevara memorial

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Tour Remedios and head to Cayo Santa María for free time to relax or swim

Day 7

Free day to relax at the hotel

Day 8

Explore the Escambray Mountains, walk trails in Guanayara Parque, and travel to Trinidad

Day 9

Visit Valley of the Sugar Mills and tour historic Trinidad before a free evening to explore

Months of travel: Jan

Guided walks and sightseeing with local leaders l Full-board accommodation (all meals included) l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l A walking tour of Old Havana l Air-conditioned transport l Return Air Europa flights from London Gatwick to Havana via Madrid, with baggage and transfers l

Havana

Walking grade

Day 10 Free day to visit Playa Ancon, join a catamaran trip, or explore Trinidad further Day 11

Walk the La Atalaya trail and take a boat trip on the Río Negro.

Drive to Cienfuegos

Day 12 Visit Cienfuegos Botanical Garden before a sightseeing tour and free time in the city Day 13 Visit Zapata Swamp and Bay of Pigs Museum. Cocktails at El Floridita and lobster dinner in Havana Day 14 Free day in Havana. Evening tour in classic American cars and final group meal Day 15 Free time before lunch and transfer to the airport for departure Day 16 Arrive in the UK

Playa Ancon Havana

Caribbean Sea

Cuba Viñales

Cayo Santa Remedios Mariá

Santa Clara Cienfuegos Trinidad

Caribbean Sea

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

141

Costa Rica Worldwide: The Americas

“For nature lovers, the Selva Verde Reserve is a real highlight.

With Toucans, Macaws, monkeys, the famed poison dart frog and a whopping 1,500 species of orchids to search for, this day will live long in the memory!”

Simon, HF Holidays Team Arenal Volcano

Jungles & Volcanoes of Costa Rica Costa Rica | 15 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £4,699pp | Land only from £3,999pp

Day 1

Arrive in San José and transfer to your hotel

Day 2

Drive into the mountains to the area known as the Quetzal Valley where Costa Rica’s birdlife thrives

Day 3

Visit the cloud forest of Reserva Savegre today, taking the Los Robles trail to reach the viewpoint

Day 4

Drive across Costa Rica’s Atlantic region to Sarapiqui and visit the Pierella Ecological Garden

Day 5

Explore the rainforest on Selva Verde’s private reserve before continuing to the Arenal Volcano area

Day 6

Discover the western side of the volcano on the Arenal 1968 trail with a picnic lunch

Day 7

Head to Los Chiles and the Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge and take a river boat ride

Day 8

Travel to Rincón de la Vieja Volcano in Guanacaste

Day 9

Hike through the Rincón de la Vieja National Park and see part of the Colorado River

Months of travel: Nov

There’s much to love about Costa Rica, one of the most biodiverse nations on the planet. Holiday highlights include heading into the fog-shrouded landscapes of a cloud forest, spotting rare tropical birds, and taking memorable walks along the lava fields and trails of Arenal Volcano National Park.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l Half-board accommodation (breakfast, dinner, 8 lunches) l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Visit to Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge l Return British Airways flights from London Gatwick to San José with baggage and airport transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Spend the day at leisure Day 11

Stop at Santa Rosa National Park before heading to the beautiful Guanacaste beaches

Day 12 Day at leisure to relax by the pool or take a dip in the sea at the beach Day 13 Spend the morning on the beach before heading to the San Ramón Cloud Forest Day 14 Explore one of Costa Rica’s most peaceful areas - the waterfalls of Bajos del Toro Day 15 Visit Poás Volcano for a walk around the crater before heading to San José for your overnight flight Day 16 Arrive back in the UK Sloths, Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge

Selva Verde Lodge

Rincón de Santa Rosa la Vieja National Park Volcano Caño Negro

Caribbean Sea

Wildlife Refuge

Las Pumas Wildlife Refuge

Guanacaste Beaches

Arenal Volcano Area Sarapiqui

Costa Rica San José Quetzal Valley

Pacific Ocean

San Gerardo de Dota

142

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: The Americas Galápagos & Ecuador

Galápagos Islands

Galápagos & Ecuador Experience Galápagos & Ecuador | 13 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £3,799pp | Land only from £2,899pp

Day 1

Arrive in Quito and transfer to your hotel

Day 2

South on the Pan-American Highway to the highest active volcano in the world, Cotopaxi

Day 3

Head north of Quito to visit the middle of the world and stand on both sides of the hemispheres

Day 4

Explore the pristine cloud rainforest of Mindo, crossing by cable car and hiking along waterfalls

Day 5

Head to the Andean village of Pijal to visit a local women’s sustainability project called Sacha Warmikuna

Day 6

Visit the Cuicocha crater lake in the Cotacachi Cayapas Ecological Reserve and take a boat ride

Day 7

Hike in Cayambe Coca National Park

Day 8

Fly to the Galápagos island of Baltra and search for the iconic giant tortoise

Day 9

Wildlife-spotting boat ride to Academy Bay. Later, climb to a viewpoint to see white-tipped reef sharks

Months of travel: Sep & Oct 2026 dates also available

Ecuador thrills with steamy Amazon jungle, Andean foothills, and one of the world’s best wildlife-watching spots - the Galápagos Islands. Visit the UNESCO-listed capital of Quito, hike through the jungles of the Mindo Cloud Forest, marvel at the peak of Cotopaxi volcano, and much more.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l Half-board accommodation, plus 3 lunches l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Internal flights l Return flights from London Heathrow to Quito, returning from Guayaquil with baggage and airport transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Visit the Charles Darwin Research Station before taking a boat ride to the island of San Cristóbal Day 11

Take a boat ride to Isla Lobos to look for manta rays, sea lions and blue-footed boobies

Day 12 After breakfast, fly back to Quito and transfer to your hotel Day 13 Transfer to the airport for your overnight flight back to the UK Day 14 Arrive back in the UK

Blue-footed Boobies, San Cristóbal

“HF have a winning formula in matching guest expectation to the experience.”

HF Holidays Guest

Sea lions, Isla Lobos

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

143

Peru Worldwide: The Americas Machu Picchu

On the Trail of the Incas Peru | 14 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £4,499pp | Land only from £3,699pp

Day 1

Arrive in Lima and transfer to hotel. Free time to relax before a welcome dinner in the evening

Months of travel: Jun & Oct

Day 2

Guided tour of Lima including visits to Huaca Pucllana, Plaza de Armas, Larco Museum, and more

Day 3

Fly to Cusco. Visit an Andean weaving workshop and travel to the Sacred Valley of the Incas

Day 4

Tour Pisac Inca ruins, walk a section of the Inca trail, and try fresh bread at a traditional bakery

Day 5

Rural farm visit to learn about Peruvian crops and taste homegrown produce before a traditional lunch

Day 6

Visit Chinchero textile town before trekking a pristine stretch of the Inca trail to Huayllabamba

Day 7

Explore Moray & Maras ancient archaeological sites. Visit salt pans and transfer to Ollantaytambo

Day 8

Visit Pumamarca Ruins, trek to Ollantaytambo to explore the fortified town and Inca Sun Temple

Day 9

Hike from Kilometre 104 to Wiñay Wayna, visit Inti Punku, then take the bus to Machu Picchu Pueblo

For the adventure of a lifetime, our Peru trip is packed with unforgettable experiences. You’ll trek the Inca Trail to the iconic ruins of Machu Picchu, spend time in Peru’s culture-rich capital, Lima, and take a boat trip across the highest navigable lake in the world, Lake Titicaca.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l Accommodation with 14 breakfasts, 7 lunches, and 9 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Internal flights l Return KLM flights from London Heathrow to Lima via Amsterdam, with baggage and transfers l Departures from Birmingham and Manchester also available.

Supplements may apply l

Walking grade

Day 10 Guided tour of the Inca ruins of Machu Picchu. Return by train to Machu Picchu Pueblo Day 11

Cusco tour including Plaza de Armas, Qoricancha temple, and the impressive cathedral

Day 12 Explore Sacsayhuamán ruins and the Temple of the Moon, followed by a scenic hike to Inkilltambo Day 13 Travel to Puno via Rainbow Mountain, explore colourful landscapes, and visit Bosque de Piedras Day 14 Lake Titicaca boat trip. Visit Uros floating islands and Taquile for a traditional fisherman’s lunch Days 15 - 16

Free time in the morning before transferring to the airport for your overnight flight

Lake Titicaca

“Excellent organisation of holiday. Good balance of walking, visiting historical sites, learning about local culture. Best local guide I have ever had from any firm.”

HF Holidays Guest

144

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Rainbow Mountain

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: The Americas Chile & Easter Island

Easter Island

Chile Uncovered & Easter Island Chile & Easter Island | 19 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £8,399pp | Land only from £7,599pp

Day 1

Depart UK and arrive in the early hours of Day 2

Day 2

Take a private tour of the capital city, Santiago

Day 3

Follow the Meseta Trek route and climb to a spectacular viewpoint in La Campana National Park

Day 4

Tour the Valle de la Luna, the rugged beauty of the Atacama Desert

Day 5

Travel to the Salar de Atacama, one of the largest salt lakes in the world, before a farm tour and an evening astronomy experience

Day 6

Hike in the Guatin Valley

Day 7

Arrive at El Tatio Geysers in time for sunrise and visit natural hot springs

Day 8

City tour of Puerto Montt, also known as the ‘Gateway to the Chilean Patagonia’

Day 9

Set off on a full-day hike at Osorno Volcano and admire the turquoise Todos Los Santos Lake

Months of travel: Mar & Sep

From the cosmopolitan sights of Santiago to the arid landscapes of the Atacama Desert, Chile wows with geysers, volcanoes, flamingo-filled lakes, penguin colonies, and cultural thrills aplenty. You’ll also visit Easter Island, home to the huge rock-carved head statues known as the Moai.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders Accommodation with 17 breakfasts, 11 lunches, and 12 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Internal flights l Return British Airways flights from London Heathrow to Santiago with baggage and transfers l l

Walking grade

Day 10 Spend the day at Alerce Andino National Park Day 11

Discover the town of Ancud and take a boat trip to learn about the Puñihuil penguin colony

Day 12 Transfer to your hotel in Valparaíso. Optional vineyard biking tour with lunch and wine tasting Day 13 Head out on an extensive city walking tour of Valparaíso Day 14 Transfer to your hotel in Santiago. Spend the rest of the day at leisure Day 15 Fly from Santiago to Easter Island Day 16 Explore Rano Raraku, a volcanic crater on the lower slopes of Terevaka Day 17 Visit Ahu Akivi and the seven Moai statues here that align with the spring and autumn equinoxes

Atacama Desert

Day 18 Fly back to Santiago Easter Island

Atacama Desert

Chile

Day 19 Transfer to Santiago airport for your overnight flight to the UK Day 20 Arrive in UK

Valparaiso South Pacific Ocean

Santiago

Argentina

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

145

Chile & Argentina Worldwide: The Americas

“The feeling of tranquillity you get in Patagonia is unrivalled.

Along with the soaring vertical mountains and vast pristine wilderness, approaching the giant Grey Glacier by boat might just take your breath away!”

Simon, HF Holidays Team Torres del Paine National Park

Walking in Patagonia Chile & Argentina | 14 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £7,799pp | Land only from £6,699pp

Day 1

Take your overnight flight to Buenos Aires

Day 2

Get to know the Paris of South America with a tour of Buenos Aires

Day 3

Fly from Buenos Aires to El Chalafate and transfer to El Chaltén

Day 4

A full day of trekking takes us from El Chaltén to Laguna de los Tres

Day 5

Transfer from El Chaltén to El Calafate to trek to the Cerro Torre viewpoint

Day 6

Visit the Perito Moreno Glacier

Day 7

Travel from Argentina into neighbouring Chile and continue to Torres del Paine National Park

Day 8

Three-hour boat excursion to Grey Glacier, the largest in Torres del Paine National Park

Day 9

Trek to the Las Torres Base viewpoint

Months of travel: Oct

Travel to the far reaches of South America and discover a land of raw wilderness and natural beauty straddling both Argentina and Chile. Explore Torres del Paine National Park on foot, spot Magellan penguins, rheas, guanacos, and condors, and spend time in Buenos Aires and Santiago.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l Accommodation with 11 breakfasts, 10 lunches, and 12 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Internal flights l British Airways flights from London Heathrow to Buenos Aires, returning from Santiago with baggage and transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Travel to Punta Arenas, the capital of the Magellan region Day 11

Boat trip through the Strait of Magellan to the islands of Santa Marta and Magdalena

Day 12 Spend time in Santiago, including a sunset visit to the Sky Costanera observation platform Day 13 Discover panoramic views in La Campana National Park Day 14 Transfer to Santiago airport for your return flight to the UK Day 15 Arrive back in the UK

Tango dancers, Argentina

Perito Moreno Glacier

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or Rio Serrano Hotel, Patagonia

146

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: Africa & Middle East Morocco

Marrakech

Walking in the Atlas Mountains Morocco | 7 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,399pp | Land only from £1,199pp

Day 1

Arrive in Marrakech and transfer to your riad. Explore Jemaa el Fna square

Day 2

Travel to the Berber town of Azilal. Marvel at Ouzoud Falls and continue to Aït Bouguemez

Day 3

Explore Berber villages and orchard valleys

Day 4

Discover the Aït Bouguemez valley on foot

Day 5

Optional trails around M’Goun

Day 6

Optional walks in the Souss Massa region

Day 7

Meet a local women’s co-operative making rugs, felt, and bottled honey. Later, travel back to Marrakech

Day 8

Transfer to Marrakech airport for your departure flight to the UK

Months of travel: Apr, Sep & Oct 2026 dates also available

From the maze-like medina of Marrakech to the serene peaks and valleys of the Atlas Mountains, this holiday unveils some of Morocco’s most captivating scenery.

Experience a land of Berber villages, fruit-rich orchards, dizzying orange-hued gorges, and impossibly green valleys.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l Full-board accommodation (all meals included) l An evening of traditional Berber entertainment l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Return British Airways flights from London Gatwick or Heathrow to Marrakech with baggage and transfers l Departures from Birmingham and Manchester also available.

Supplements may apply l

Walking grade

Ouzoud Waterfalls

Aït Bouguemez valley

“A fantastic, interesting and varied adventure providing insights into everyday life in different parts of Morocco. I enjoyed it all sightseeing in the busy city, and walks in tranquil mountain valley.

Great local food and accommodation throughout.”

HF Holidays Guest

Rural Berber village

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

147

Cape Verde Worldwide: Africa & Middle East

“Beautiful area for a hiking holiday. Excellent leader. Good hotels. Transport arrangements went well.”

HF Holidays Guest

Santo Antão

Cape Verde Island Hopping Cape Verde | 11 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £2,749pp | Land only from £2,149pp

Day 1

Arrive in Praia on the island of Santiago and transfer to your hotel

Day 2

Praia guided walking tour followed by an afternoon walk in the Salineiro Valley

Day 3

Discover Serra Malagueta Natural Park and Assomada market

Day 4

Ascend to the summit of Pico da Antónia, the highest mountain on Santiago at 4,560ft (1,392m)

Day 5

Fly to São Vicente to discover Mindelo on a guided walking tour

Day 6

Take a ferry ride to the neighbouring island of Santo Antão and walk through Paúl Valley to our hotel

Day 7

Explore the beautiful village of Cha de Igreja

Day 8

From Cruzinha, follow the coastal path to Ponta do Sol, the former capital of Santo Antão

Day 9

Walk from the valley of Pinhão to Lombo Branco

Months of travel: Jan, Mar, Oct & Nov

Located off the west coast of Africa, Cape Verde is blessed with gorgeous beaches and plenty of natural wonders. As you island hop across the archipelago, highlights include exploring the green heartlands of Santiago and discovering the extinct volcanoes of Santo Antão and São Vicente.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l 11 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 10 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Internal flights l Return Air Portugal flights from London Heathrow to Praia, returning from Sao Vicente via Lisbon, with baggage and transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Walk from the remote village of Alto Mira III to Chã de Morte Day 11

Take the ferry back to Mindelo to join an optional walk or spend the day at leisure

Day 12 Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK

Laginha beach, Mindelo Ribeira Grande Santo Antāo

Mindelo Sāo Vicente

Cape Verde

Santiago Atlantic Ocean

Praia

148

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

São Vicente Island

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

NEW Worldwide: Africa & Middle East South Africa

Gondwana Game Reserve

South Africa: Cape and Garden Route South Africa | 15 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £4,499pp | Land only from £3,999pp

Day 1

Departure from the UK. Overnight flight to Cape Town

Day 2

Transfer to your Cape Town hotel. Later, visit the V&A Waterfront and enjoy a welcome dinner

Day 3

Explore Cape Town. Visit Robben Island and explore Kirstenbosch National Botanical Gardens

Day 4

Reach the summit of Table Mountain by aerial cable car followed by a guided Cape Town walking tour

Day 5

Full-day exploration of the Cape Peninsula, including the Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve

Day 6

Transfer to Wellington. Stop for wine-tasting at estates in Stellenbosch and Franschhoek

Day 7

Experience a full-day wine walk in Wellington. Explore olive groves, vineyards, and buchu fields

Day 8

Travel along Route 62 to Oudtshoorn. Stop at towns such as Robertson, Barrydale, and Calitzdorp

Day 9

Exploration of Cango Caves, tour of a local ostrich farm, and beach walk in Plettenberg Bay

Months of travel: Mar, Sep & Nov

South Africa’s natural wonders are legendary. Search for the Big 5 on game drives, explore Tsitsikamma National Park, traverse the San Trail, and gaze down over Cape Town from Table Mountain. You’ll also get to visit Robben Island – Nelson Mandela’s prison for 18 years.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l Accommodation with 13 breakfasts, 12 lunches, 13 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Wine tasting and Big 5 safari drives l Return British Airways flights from London Heathrow to Cape Town with baggage and transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Robberg Nature Reserve hike. Onwards to Tsitsikamma National Park and Storm River Mouth Day 11

Featherbed Eco Experience in Knysna. Later, travel to Gondwana Game Reserve

Day 12 Morning and afternoon game drives at Gondwana Game Reserve.

Explore the San Trail on foot Day 13 Take an early game drive and journey to Hermanus for a cliff path walk along the coastline Day 14 Visit Fernkloof Nature Reserve and continue to the pristine sands at Pearly Beach Encounter elephants at Gondwana Game Reserve

Day 15 Transfer to Cape Town International Airport for your overnight flight back to the UK Day 16 Arrive back in the UK

South Africa Cape Town

Wellington Hermanus

Oudtshoorn

“Our leader had endless knowledge and was continually making sure our group got the most out of the experience.”

HF Holidays Guest

Gondwana Plettenberg Bay

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or South Atlantic Ocean

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

149

Eswatini (Swaziland) Worldwide: Africa & Middle East

NEW

Giraffes, Eswatini

Wildlife walks of Eswatini (Swaziland) Eswatini | 13 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £4,599pp | Land only from £3,599pp

Day 1

Depart UK on an overnight flight to Johannesburg, South Africa

Day 2

Arrive in Johannesburg and transfer to your unique roundhouse accommodation in Eswatini

Embark on an African adventure in the small-but-mighty kingdom of Eswatini, formerly Swaziland. Highlights include searching for elusive black rhinos on game drives, visiting a glassblowing factory, learning about Swazi culture, and exploring the world’s oldest mine.

Day 3

Nature walk through Mlilwane Wildlife Sanctuary followed by an afternoon guided walking safari

Day 4

Continue exploring Mlilwane Wildlife Sanctuary. End the day with a memorable sundowner game drive

Day 5

Visit Gone Rural and Swazi Candles to learn about local craftsmanship. Afternoon wildlife safari

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Take morning and afternoon game drives at Mkhaya Game Reserve

Day 7

Journey to Hlane Royal National Park, home to the Big 5

Day 8

Morning rhino drive followed by a day spent at Mbuluzi Game Reserve

Day 9

Visit Shewula, the country’s first community ecotourism project

Months of travel: Aug 2026 dates also available

Guided walks with local leaders l Full-board accommodation (all meals included) l All sightseeing and park entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Return British Airways flights from London Heathrow to Johannesburg with baggage and transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Travel to Foresters Arms Hotel and take a leisurely walk in the surrounding plantations Day 11

Journey to Malolotja Nature Reserve for a guided hike through mountain landscapes (4-5 hours)

Day 12 Visit Ngwenya Mine and Ngwenya Glass Factory Day 13 Transfer to Johannesburg airport for your overnight flight back to the UK Day 14 Arrive back in the UK

Swazi culture

White rhino, Mkhaya Game Reserve

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or Beehive Huts, Mlilwane Wildlife Sanctuary, Eswatini

150

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: Africa & Middle East Namibia

“Excellent adventure holiday, led by a very experienced, professional and knowledgeable local guide. Well organised programme, with interesting visits and numerous game drives to see the birds and animals in their natural habitat.”

HF Holidays Guest Dune walking

Wildlife & Dunes of Namibia Namibia | 16 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £5,149pp | Land only from £4,249pp

Day 1

Walking grade

Depart UK on an overnight flight to Windhoek

Months of travel: Jun, Sep & Oct 2026 dates also available

Days 2 Arrive in Windhoek and transfer to your hotel. Enjoy free time before a guided city tour

Namibia’s endless sandscapes and stretches of coastline make it a must-see destination. Stand atop the Namib Desert’s sky-high sand dunes, embark on a safari in Etosha National Park, spot Africa’s Marine Big 5 on a boat trip in Walvis Bay, and explore Erongo’s unique granite landscape.

Day 3

Your holiday includes: Guided walks, sightseeing, and game drives led by an experienced local leader l Half-board accommodation (breakfast and evening meal) l One night in a wilderness camp l All sightseeing and national park entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Return British Airways flights from London Heathrow to Johannesburg with baggage and transfers l

Depart for Namib Desert. Enjoy a sundowner drive in the Petrified Dunes

Days 4 Morning sand dune walk and Sesriem Canyon visit Day 5

Free time to relax. Sunset safari to spot mountain zebra, ostrich, and more. Night walk experience

Day 6

Arrive in Swakopmund and experience a Namib night dune walk to observe nocturnal animals

Day 7

Enjoy a wildlife-watching catamaran cruise in Walvis Bay Lagoon

Day 8

Travel to the Erongo Mountains for guided bush walk and visit to the Living Museum of the San

Day 9

Enjoy a morning hike in Boulder Forest followed by an afternoon at leisure

Day 10 Travel across Damaraland to the Uniab River for the chance to spot desert elephants Day 11

Guided morning hike and afternoon game drive to spot rhinos, giraffes, zebras and more

Day 12 Visit UNESCO-listed Twyfelfontein to marvel at ancient rock art before exploring Damara Living Museum Day 13 Enjoy a morning game drive in Etosha National Park Day 14 Drive to Otjiwa to discover the secrets of Namibian wildlife on foot with an expert local guide Day 15 Visit the Cheetah Conservation Fund project Day 16 Transfer to Windhoek airport for your return flight to the UK Local game drive

Etosha National Park

Damaraland

Day 17 Arrive back in the UK

Namibia Waterberg Region

Erongo Mountains Swakopmund Namib-Naukluft National Park

Windhoek Namib Desert

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

151

Jordan Worldwide: Africa & Middle East

“This was an amazing experience from start to finish. We saw so many spectacular places and stayed in wonderful locations - the trip was well-planned and there was a good balance of walking and sight-seeing.”

HF Holidays Guest

Petra

Treasures of Jordan Jordan | 10 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £3,149pp | Land only from £2,649pp

Day 1

Arrive in Amman and transfer to your hotel

Day 2

Visit the Roman city of Jerash to explore its colonnaded streets, amphitheatres, temples, and plazas

Day 3

Spend time exploring Amman’s sights before an evening street food tour

Day 4

Walk through Wadi Ibn Hammad and continue south to Feynan.

Spend the night at Dana Biosphere Reserve

Day 5

Walk to the Great Rift Valley at Feynan. Drive to Petra

Days 6-7

Sightseeing in Petra

Days 8-9

Discover the canyon of Wadi Rum. Arrive at a Bedouin camp for a two-night stay

Months of travel: Apr, May, Oct & Nov

For Lawrence of Arabia-style adventures and a visit to UNESCO-listed Petra, this holiday delivers. Explore the ruined Roman city of Jerash, float in the salty waters of the Dead Sea, trek across Wadi Rum’s vast desert dunes, and spend an evening under the stars in a Bedouin camp.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders Full-board accommodation l An evening in a traditional Bedouin desert camp l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Return Royal Jordanian flights from London Heathrow to Amman with baggage and transfers l New for 2025 - Direct flights from Manchester. Supplements may apply l l

Walking grade

Day 10 Float in the salty waters of the Dead Sea Day 11

Transfer to Amman for your return flight to London

Wadi Rum

Roman Theater, Amman Mediterranean Sea

West Bank

Gaza Strip

Amman

Dead Sea

Israel

Dana Nature Reserve Petra

Jordan

Wadi Rum

152

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

The Siq, Petra

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: Africa & Middle East Oman

Wahiba Sands

Walking in Northern Oman Oman | 11 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £4,399pp | Land only from £3,899pp

Day 1

Depart the UK for an overnight flight to Muscat

Day 2

Arrive in Muscat and transfer to your hotel. Later, enjoy a two-hour cruise along the coastline

Explore the dizzyingly deep canyons, cloud-piercing mountains, and wave-like desert dunes of Oman by boat, foot, and 4x4. Walk around the canyon rim in Jebel Shams, soak up history and culture in Muscat, Nizwa, and Sur, and watch the sun rise and set in Wahiba Sands.

Day 3

In-depth city tour of Muscat followed by a drive to Al Riyam Park in Muttrah for a hill walk

Day 4

Walk from Wadi Shab, passing pools, plantations, and springs.

Drive through the Wadi Tiwi canyon

Day 5

Discover the ancient city of Sur and its boatyards. Next, venture to Wahiba Sands

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Watch the sun rise in the desert. Later, head to Birkat Al-Mawz and Jebel Akhdar

Day 7

Drive to Nizwa, the former capital of Oman and walk to a local village

Day 8

Explore Jebel Shams, and enjoy a photo stop at the UNESCO-listed Bahla Fort

Day 9

Soak up the mountain landscapes of Jebel Shams, walking along the inner rim of a steep canyon

Months of travel: Feb & Nov

HF Holidays Tour Manager and local driver-guide l Accommodation with 11 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 8 dinners l Transport and 4x4 tours l All sightseeing and entry fees (as per itinerary) l Two-hour dhow cruise along the Muscat coast l Return Turkish Airlines flights from London Heathrow to Muscat with baggage and transfers l Departures from Birmingham, Manchester, and Edinburgh also available.

Supplements may apply l

Day 10 Drive to Misfat Al Abriyeen for a two-hour walk to the oasis and old village Day 11

Arabian Islamic Mosque, Oman

Walking grade

Explore Wakan village before continuing to Nakhl. Return to Muscat

Day 12 Transfer to airport for your return flight to the UK

Nizwa Market

Hilton Garden Inn Muscat, Oman

Traditional dhow boats

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

153

Kazakhstan & Kyrgyzstan Worldwide: Asia

“Superb guide and driver, they couldn’t have done more for us.

Excellent varied trip.”

HF Holidays Guest

Charyn Canyon, Kazakhstan

Kazakhstan & Kyrgyzstan Adventures Kazakhstan & Kyrgyzstan | 13 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £3,299pp | Land only from £2,699pp

Day 1

Depart from UK on overnight flight to Almaty in Kazakhstan

Day 2

Almaty city tour, including Republic Square and Monument of Independence

Day 3

Explore Altyn-Emel National Park and walk to the famous Singing Dunes

Day 4

Travel to Charyn Canyon and head to the jaw-dropping Valley of Castles

Day 5

Discover three alpine lakes at Kolsai Lakes National Park

Day 6

Cross into Kyrgyzstan and visit San-Tash barrow. Stay in the village of Jyrgalan

Day 7

Hike to the remote mountain lake of Turnaly-Kol, taking in the panoramic Jyrgalan valley

Day 8

Cross the Kok-Jaiyk Pass and head to Jeti-Ögüz - the red sandstone rocks known as the Seven Bulls

Day 9

Hike in Karakol Nature Park and spend five to six hours crossing the Kara-Beltek Pass

Months of travel: Jun & Sep

Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan offer a mix of alpine lakes, desert sand dunes, frosted peaks, steppe grassland plains, and dizzying gorges. Holiday highlights include an eagle hunting demonstration, yurt making, and a couple of nights at a yurt camp on the shores of Lake Issyk Kul. Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l Full-board accommodation l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Air-conditioned transport l Return Turkish Airlines flights from London Heathrow to Almaty, returning from Bishkek via Istanbul, with baggage and transfers l Departures from Birmingham and Manchester also available. Supplements may apply l l

Walking grade

Day 10 City tour of Karakol, beginning at the Przhevalsky Museum. Then journey to Issyk Kul Lake Day 11

Discover Issyk Kul, with time to swim at the beach. In the afternoon, drive to Skazka Canyon

Day 12 Visit a family in the village of Kyzyl Tuu where they make yurts by hand. Continue to Bishkek Day 13 Spend time in Bishkek, including visiting Osh Market Day 14 Transfer to airport for your return flight to the UK

Imam Sarakhsi, Bishkek

Karakol Nature Park, Kyrgyzstan

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or Nomad Lodge Yurt Camp, Issyk Kul, Kyrgyzstan

154

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: Europe Georgia

Caucasus Mountains

Walking in the Georgian Caucasus Georgia | 11 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £1,999pp | Land only from £1,669pp

Day 1

Depart UK on an overnight flight to Tbilisi

Day 2

Arrive at Tbilisi airport and transfer to your hotel

Day 3

Guided tour of Tbilisi, including a scenic cable car ride up to the ancient Narikala fortress

Day 4

Take a train to the charming city of Zugdidi

Day 5

Walk from the village of Etseri to Mazeri via the Baki Pass

Day 6

Head out on foot to the waterfalls of Ushba

Day 7

Discover Mulakhi and its centuries-old tower. Walk to Mestia

Day 8

Drive in a 4x4 to Jvari Pass(2170m) to begin your walk through the Koruldi Lakes

Day 9

Head to the base of Georgia`s highest mountain, Shkhara (5,203m)

Months of travel: Jun, Aug & Sep

A landscape of flower-filled meadows, towering mountains, and glaciers make the Greater Caucasus mountains thrilling for walkers. From the thundering Ushba waterfalls to Georgia’s highest peak, Shkhara, this holiday introduces you to Georgia’s most jaw-dropping sights.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Accommodation in a mix of hotels and family-run guest houses l 11 breakfasts, 5 packed lunches, 1 lunch, 9 dinners l Air-conditioned transport l Return Turkish Airlines flights from London Heathrow to Tbilisi via Istanbul, with baggage and transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Visit Dadiani’s Palace Museum in Zugdidi and drive to Kutaisi Day 11

Discover the Gelati Monastery & Academy complex and stop in the ancient religious centre of Mtskheta

Day 12 Transfer to Tbilisi airport for your return flight to the UK

Mtskheta

“Excellent experience. Well organised and stunning scenery.

Learnt a lot about the country from excellent leader.”

HF Holidays Guest

Glacier, Caucasus Mountains

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

155

Nepal Worldwide: Asia

“Plenty of walking and an excellent introduction to this fascinating country and its people.”

HF Holidays Guest

Walking in the Himalayas

Nepal: Walking in the Himalayas Nepal | 14 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £3,499pp | Land only from £2,599pp

Day 1

Depart UK on an overnight flight to Nepal

Day 2

Arrive in Kathmandu and transfer to your hotel

Day 3

Guided walking tour of Patan, rounding off at the UNESCO-listed Patan Durbar Square

Day 4

Transfer to the lakeside city of Pokhara, gateway to the Mardi Himal trek

Day 5

Mardi Himal Trek: Khande to Pitam Deurali

Day 6

Mardi Himal Trek: Pitam Deurali to Forest Camp

Day 7

Mardi Himal Trek: Forest Camp to Badal Dada

Day 8

Mardi Himal Trek: Badal Dada to High Camp

Day 9

Mardi Himal Trek: High Camp to Viewpoint to High Camp

Months of travel: Mar & Nov 2026 dates also available

For an exciting mix of cultures, history, and landscapes, Nepal tempts with holy temples, heritage sites, and, of course, the Himalayas. You’ll get to take on the Mardi Himal, visit the pagoda-lined square of UNESCO-listed Patan, and spend time in the capital of Kathmandu.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders l Accommodation including 6 nights in Nepalese teahouse l 13 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 11 evening meals l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Transport and tips l Return Qatar Airways flights from London Heathrow to Kathmandu via Doha, with baggage and transfers l Departures from Manchester also available. Supplements may apply l

Walking grade

Day 10 Mardi Himal Trek: High Camp to Siding Village Day 11

Travel by jeep back to Pokhara. Spend your afternoon relaxing or exploring

Day 12 Travel to Chitwan National Park. Enjoy 4x4 safari, wooden canoe river ride, and jungle walk Day 13 Continue jungle-based activities and wildlife-spotting at Chitwan National Park Day 14 Explore the northeast of Kathmandu and take a guided tour of two UNESCO-listed sites Day 15 Return to Tribhuvan International Airport for your flight back to the UK

Phewa Lake Pitam Deurali

Nepal

Pokhara

Bandipur

Nagarkot Kathmandu

Bhaktapur

Chitwan National Park (extension option)

156

Balthali

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

One-Horned Rhino, Chitwan National Park

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

NEW Worldwide: Asia Bhutan

Tiger’s Nest Monastery

Temples & Trails of Bhutan Bhutan | 11 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £5,499pp | Land only from £4,799pp

Day 1

Depart the UK on an overnight flight to India

Day 2

Arrive in Delhi and transfer to your hotel. Enjoy leisure time before dinner

Known as the Land of the Thunder Dragon, Bhutan offers incredible walks in the Himalayas. Discover golden temples and epic mountain views as you journey through the western valleys. Visit Punakha Dzong Fortress, marvel at the Tiger’s Nest Monastery, and trek Chele La Pass.

Day 3

Fly to Paro. Visit the National Museum and Rinpung Dzong. Drive to Thimphu. Dinner and overnight stay

Day 4

Guided tour of Thimphu. Visit Zorig Chosum, Motithang Takin Preserve, and the Great Buddha Dordenma statue

Day 5

Hike to Lungchutse Goemba temple and visit Lamperi Royal Botanical Park before arriving in Punakha

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Visit Chimi temple, Punakha Dzong, and Sangchhen Dorji Lhuendrup Nunnery

Day 7

Hike through Yuwo village to Chorten Nyingpo temple. Optional visit to Yebeesa village for evening tea

Day 8

Enjoy a Sieupang forest walk. Visit Toeb Chadhanang and Tachog Lhakhang

Day 9

Walk the Chele La Pass to Kila Goenpa and share Bhutanese tea with nuns of a mountain nunnery

Months of travel: Oct & Feb 2026 dates also available

Guided walks with experienced local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l Two nights’ accommodation in Delhi l 10 breakfasts, 6 lunches, 10 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l All in-destination transport and internal flights l Return British Airways flights from London Heathrow to Delhi with baggage and transfers l

Great Buddha Dordenma statue

Punakha Dzong

Walking grade

Day 10 Hike to the clifftop Tiger’s Nest Monastery, an iconic symbol of Bhutanese spirituality Day 11

Fly to Delhi. Guided tour of New Delhi and visit to Humayun’s Tomb

Day 12 Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK

Humayun’s Tomb, New Delhi

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or Naksel Resort, Bhutan

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

157

India Worldwide: Asia

NEW

“Overnight on a houseboat, cruising peacefully through the waterways that are surrounded by endless paddy fields, is sure to be a highlight of your holiday – an unforgettable and uniquely Keralan experience you’ll treasure forever.”

Hannah, HF Holidays Team Backwaters, Kerala

Tea Trails & Backwaters of Kerala India | 13 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £2,999pp | Land only from £2,499pp

Day 1

Depart UK on overnight flight to India

Day 2

Arrive in Kochi, and transfer to your hotel. Visit Poothotta island village

Day 3

Enjoy a guided tour of Fort Kochi and visit the local spice market before a sunset boat cruise

Day 4

Drive to Munnar and visit Thattekad Bird Sanctuary en route

Day 5

Trek through Munnar’s tea plantations and into the Seven Malai hills

Day 6

Hike to Munnar's Top Valley viewpoint via the ridges of the Western Ghats

Day 7

Visit Madurai’s Sri Meenakshi temple before an evening street food tour

Day 8

Guided Madurai sightseeing tour and Aarti ceremony at Meenakshi Temple

Day 9

Travel to Thekkady for a spice garden tour and Kalarippayattu martial arts show

Months of travel: Oct & Nov 2026 dates also available

Captivating Kerala dazzles visitors with towering mountains, tropical valleys, and paradise beaches. Explore historic Kochi, spend the night aboard a houseboat on Allepey’s tranquil backwaters, and spot wild Indian elephants as you trek the tea trails of the Western Ghats.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks and sightseeing with experienced local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l Accommodation including a night on a traditional houseboat l 13 breakfasts, 5 lunches, 13 evening meals l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Return Air India flights from London Gatwick to Kochi with baggage and transfers l l

Walking grade

Day 10 Jungle walk in Periyar National Park and boat ride on Periyar Lake. Indian cooking demonstration Day 11

Houseboat cruise on Alleppey backwaters and dinner on Vembanad Lake

Day 12 Drive to Marari Beach and explore Mararikulam fisherman’s village Day 13 Free day and farewell dinner Day 14 Transfer to Kochi airport for your return flight to the UK

Tea picking, Munnar

Periyar National Park

Fort Kochi

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or Hotel Casino CGH Earth Kochi, Kerala

158

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: Asia Thailand

Ao Nang Beach

Discover Thailand Thailand | 15 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £3,899pp | Land only from £3,199pp

Day 1

Overnight flight to Thailand

Day 2

Arrive in Bangkok and transfer to your hotel. Free time to relax and explore

From the bustle of Bangkok to the rainforests of Khao Sok National Park, Thailand’s jewels shine brightly on this trip.

Visit the temples of Chiang Mai, relax on Krabi’s dreamy beaches, experience jungle trekking and bamboo rafting, and spend a night in a floating bungalow under the stars.

Day 3

Meet your guide for a morning tour of Bangkok. Group dinner in the evening

Day 4

Guided walking tour of Ayutthaya, Thailand’s former capital. Early evening flight to Chiang Mai

Day 5

Full-day tour exploring the many temples of Chiang Mai, plus a guided street food tour via tuk-tuk

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Two-night jungle trek. Waterfall swim, dinner, and simple overnight stay in a hill tribe village

Day 7

Trek through jungle and rice fields to a mountain village. Enjoy a river swim and a campfire dinner

Day 8

Bamboo raft river excursion through the jungle. Return to Chiang Mai for dinner and traditional Thai performance

Day 9

Fly to Surat Thani, home to Thailand’s best beaches and islands.

Stay in a Khao Sok National Park eco-lodge

Months of travel: Oct & Nov

Guided walks and sightseeing with local leaders HF Holidays Tour Manager l Accommodation with 13 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 8 dinners l All sightseeing and activities (as per itinerary) l Chiang Mai street food tour l Internal flights l Return Thai Airways flights from London Heathrow to Bangkok, returning from Krabi via Bangkok, with baggage and transfers l l

Walking grade

Day 10 Free day in Khao Sok with optional elephant sanctuary visit followed by a nighttime jungle safari Day 11

Long boat trip across Cheow Lan Lake, and a night’s stay in a floating bungalow

Day 12 Experience a sunrise safari followed by a free afternoon in the beautiful beach town of Ao Nang in Krabi Day 13 Hike to the top of Dragon Crest Mountain for fantastic views Day 14 Free day. Relax by the pool or on Krabi’s beautiful beaches.

Evening farewell dinner Day 15 Fly from Krabi to Bangkok to catch an overnight flight back to the UK Day 16 Arrive back in the UK Wat Phra Singh, Chiang Mai

Chiang Mai

Thailand Ayutthaya South China Sea

Bangkok

Khao Sok National Park

Surat Thani

Krabi

Bangkok

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

159

Vietnam Worldwide: Asia

“The trip was well organised and fun as well as informative.

The HF leader was top notch and professional.”

HF Holidays Guest

Hạ Long Bay

Walking & Sightseeing in Vietnam Vietnam | 16 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £2,999pp | Land only from £2,199pp

Day 1

Depart the UK on an overnight flight to Hanoi

Day 2

Transfer from airport to hotel in Hanoi. Head into Hanoi’s Old Quarter for a welcome dinner

Day 3

Hanoi walking tour with visits to Hanoi railway, the Temple of Literature, and Ho Chi Minh Complex

Day 4

Travel to rural Mai Chau for a traditional lunch with a local family and a countryside walk

Day 5

Visit Hang Kia to meet a Hmong nomadic community and experience a batik workshop

Day 6

Explore Pù Luông Nature Reserve, Ban Don village, and watch the sunset at Ninh Binh’s Bich Dong Pagoda

Day 7

Experience a sampan boat trip and bike ride through the countryside before climbing Hang Múa mountain

Days 8-9

Two-night deluxe boat cruise on Hạ Long Bay including kayaking, swimming, Tai Chi, and a cooking demo

Months of travel: Feb, May & Sep 2026 dates also available

Tour Hanoi’s city sights, historic Hué, and heritage-rich Hoi An on this deep dive into northern Vietnam. You’ll also spend two nights sailing through Hạ Long Bay’s emerald waters aboard a deluxe boat cruise, sample local food at famous markets, and enjoy a Vietnamese home-cooked lunch.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks and sightseeing with local leaders l Accommodation with 14 breakfasts, 10 lunches, 9 dinners l Two nights en-suite cabin on a deluxe boat and one night aboard sleeper train l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Vietnamese cooking demonstration l Return Singapore Airlines flights from London Heathrow to Hanoi, returning from Da Nang via Singapore, with baggage and transfers l Departures from Manchester also available. Supplements may apply l

Walking grade

Day 10 Return to Hanoi and visit Sung Sot cave before catching the overnight sleeper train to Hué Day 11

Hué Imperial City walking tour, lunch in a local restaurant, and afternoon at leisure

Day 12 Visit Tu Duc Tomb, enjoy a home-cooked lunch, and cruise on Perfume River Day 13 Visit a traditional farming village and pass Lang Co Bay en route to Hoi An Day 14 Visit the local market and experience a Vietnamese cooking class Day 15 Free day in Hoi An followed by a farewell dinner in the evening Day 16 Transfer to Da Nang Airport for overnight flight to the UK Day 17 Arrive back in the UK

Hoi An

Mai Chau

Hanoi Halong Bay

Ninh Binh

Laos

By Rail

Hue

Thailand Cambodia

160

South China Sea

Danang Hoi An

Vietnam

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

Sung Sot Cave

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: Asia Laos & Cambodia

Angkor Wat

Laos & Cambodia Uncovered Laos & Cambodia | 17 nights | Small group holiday

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £4,899pp | Land only from £3,999pp

Day 1

Depart the UK for an overnight flight to Laos

Day 2

Arrive in Luang Prabang and transfer to hotel. Free time plus a welcome dinner and night market visit

Discover Cambodia and Laos on this dual-destination holiday that explores the cultural treasures of both.

Highlights include guided walks in the Phnom Kulen mountains, a boat trip on the Mekong River, and visits to UNESCO-listed Angkor Wat and historic Luang Prabang.

Day 3

Tuk-tuk tour and market visit before ferry to Wat Xieng Mene to explore Wat Long Khoun and Wat Chomphet

Day 4

Hike to Kuang Si Waterfall. Swim in the falls and visit the ‘Free the Bears Project’

Day 5

Morning cruise up the Mekong River to Pak Beng, stopping to visit Pak Ou Caves and local villages

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Hike through jungle paths to enjoy mountain views followed by a picnic lunch in a local village

Day 7

Travel to Namkat Yorla Pa Resort, visit a local temple and explore the area

Day 8

Walk across sky bridges in the Namkat rainforest canopy and have a picnic by a beautiful waterfall

Day 9

Return to Luang Prabang with a stop at Ban Xang Khong village.

Afternoon at leisure

Months of travel: Jan & Nov 2026 dates also available

Guided walks and sightseeing with local leaders l HF Holidays Tour Manager l Accommodation with 15 breakfasts, 9 lunches, 8 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Internal flights l Return Vietnam Airlines flights from London Heathrow to Luang Prabang, returning from Phnom Penh via Hanoi, with baggage and transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Fly to Siem Reap. Evening walking tour of Siem Reap’s old quarter sampling local foods Day 11

Explore the incredible UNESCO World Heritage Site of Angkor before an evening performance by the Cambodian Circus

Day 12 Drive to Kulen mountain, explore hidden villages and, Khmer Empire remains, and visit a waterfall Day 13 Fly to Sihanoukville, transfer to the Cardamom Mountains and stay in an eco-friendly tented camp Day 14 Join Wildlife Rangers on a forest patrol, visit a Ranger Station, and kayak or hike back to the camp Day 15 Free time or explore self-guided hiking trails before bus transfer to Phnom Penh Day 16 Phnom Penh tuk-tuk tour and ferry to a silk weaving workshop.

Sunset cruise along Tonlé Sap River and farewell dinner

Mekong Delta

Day 17 Morning at leisure before transferring to the airport for your overnight flight to the UK

Luang Prabang

Day 18 Arrive back in the UK

Thailand Siem Reap Sihanoukville

South China Sea

Laos

Vietnam The Temples of Angkor

Cambodia

Phnom Penh

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

161

Japan Worldwide: Asia Tokyo

Walking & Sightseeing in Japan Japan | 14 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £7,899pp | Land only from £6,999pp

Day 1

Depart the UK on an overnight flight to Tokyo

Day 2

Arrive in Tokyo and meet your local leader at Haneda airport.

Transfer to your hotel

Ultra-modern meets ancient tradition on this thrilling trip to Japan. Spend time in tech-fuelled Tokyo, visit Kyoto’s zen gardens, and see the famous snow monkeys. You’ll also walk Asuka’s monuments trail, explore Arashiyama’s Bamboo Forests and experience an Osaka street food tour.

Day 3

Explore Tokyo with a walking tour visiting Tokyo Tower, Nihonbashi, Ginza, and the Meiji Shrine

Day 4

Travel by coach to Yudanaka Onsen, visit the snow monkeys, and stay in a traditional ryokan

Day 5

Walk the Nakasendo Way from Nagiso to Tsumago, exploring the Kiso Valley and staying in a minshuku

Your holiday includes:

Day 6

Continue walking the Nakasendo Path from Tsumago to Magome, then travel by coach and train to Kyoto

Day 7

Explore Kyoto, including the Philosopher’s Path, Nanzen-ji temple, and the Gion geisha district

Day 8

Travel to Arashiyama, visit Adashino Nenbutsu-ji Temple, and walk through the bamboo grove to Tenryu-ji

Day 9

Free day in Kyoto to explore independently, with suggested visits to various temples and shrines

Months of travel: Mar, Apr, Sep & Oct 2026 dates also available

Guided walks and sightseeing with local leaders l Accommodation with 13 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 12 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Two nights in a traditional Japanese inn l Osaka street food tour included l Return British Airways flights from London Heathrow to Tokyo Haneda with baggage and airport transfers l

Walking grade

Day 10 Travel by train to Nara, visiting Tōdai-ji Temple and spending time in Nara Park with its tame deer Day 11

Walk the ancient Yamanobe-no-michi Trail around Nara, passing temples and shrines

Day 12 Travel by train to Asuka and walk a section of the Ancient Monuments Trail, then continue to Osaka Day 13 Explore Osaka, visit Shitennō-ji Temple, Osaka Castle, and experience a street food tour of Dōtonbori Day 14 Travel back to Tokyo on the Shinkansen bullet train and enjoy free time before a farewell dinner Day 15 Transfer to Haneda Airport for departure Fushimi Inari Shrine, Kyoto

Yudanaka Onsen

Sea of Japan

Japan Kyoto

Nakasendo Path

Osaka

Tokyo

By Rail

Nara

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or Philippine Sea

162

Osaka Castle

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Worldwide: Australasia New Zealand

“We experienced the varied scenery from geothermal North Island to alpine South Island. Accommodation, food, guides, walks, experiences all fantastic. Well worth the long journey and I can’t wait to go back to explore more and revisit some of the highlights.”

HF Holidays Guest Lake Tekapo

Hidden Gems & Iconic Landmarks of New Zealand New Zealand | 22 nights

Itinerary

Flight-inclusive from £8,999pp | Land only from £7,999pp

Days 1-2

Depart UK on an overnight flight to Auckland

Months of travel: Feb & Mar 2026 dates also available

Day 3

Arrive in Auckland, explore the “City of Sails”, and enjoy a pre-trip meeting and meal

Day 4

Head to Rotorua and visit the Waiotapu thermal reserve, known for its vibrant geothermal features

Day 5

Trek the southern shoreline of Lake Tarawera, soak in hot springs, and have a traditional Māori meal

Day 6

Visit the Whirinaki Rainforest and discover the thunderous Huka Falls on the way to Taupō

Days 7-8

Explore Tongariro National Park and trek the famous Tongariro Alpine Crossing

Days 9-10

Travel to Wellington, explore the city’s museums, theatres, galleries, and surrounding hills

Day 11

Fly to Nelson, meet your South Island guides and walk to the top of Botanical Hill

Experience the best of New Zealand on this incredible journey from north to south. You’ll trek two of the country’s Great Walks, take a scenic cruise on Milford Sound, be wowed by geothermal activity at Wai-O-Tapu, and spend time in the cities of Auckland, Wellington, and Queenstown.

Your holiday includes: Guided walks with local leaders 19 breakfasts, 11 lunches, 13 dinners l All sightseeing and entrance fees (as per itinerary) l Glacier boat trip and fjord cruise l All internal flights l Return Singapore Airline flights from London Heathrow to Aukland, returning from Queenstown, with baggage and airport transfers l l

New Zealand Rotorua Taupō

Day 15 Visit Lake Tekapo, walk Mount John for views, then head to Aoraki/ Mount Cook National Park Day 16 Hike the Hooker Valley Track, see Hooker Lake and the south face of Aoraki/Mount Cook Day 17 Cruise on Tasman Glacier Lake, then relax in Wānaka at your waterfront accommodation

Nelson

Day 18 Hike around Diamond Lake and Rocky Mountains area for panoramic views of Glendhu Bay and Lake Wānaka Wellington

Methven Aoraki/Mount Cook National Park

Wanaka Queenstown

Day 13 Travel to the West Coast, walk Cape Foulwind to see a fur seal colony, then head to Punakaiki

Tongariro National Park

Punakaiki

Mount Aspiring National Park

Day 12 Walk the Abel Tasman Coast Track. Hit beaches and forest trails before returning to Nelson for the night

Day 14 Discover Punakaiki’s Pancake Rocks, walk Arthur’s Pass, and explore Castle Hill en route to Methven

Auckland

Tasman Sea

Walking grade

Day 19 Walk a section of the Kepler Track, choose between easier and harder routes with a water taxi return Day 20 Travel to Milford Sound, walk the Routeburn Track, and cruise the fjord, spotting wildlife Day 21 Transfer to Queenstown via Gibbston Valley, visit vineyards, and explore the adventure scene Day 22 Transfer to Queenstown airport for your return journey to the UK Day 23 Arrive back in the UK

South Pacific Ocean

Te Anau

Fiordland National Park

Find out more: Visit hfholidays.co.uk and search by holiday name or call 020 3974 8865 to speak to a member of our Sales & Support Team

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

163

Booking terms and conditions

Booking terms and conditions These Booking Conditions, together with our privacy policy, and any other written information we brought to your attention before we confirmed your booking, form the basis of your contract with HF Holidays Ltd, a society registered under the Cooperative and Community Benefit Societies Act 2014 with company number IP05713R and registered office Unit 1, First Floor, Imperial Place, Maxwell Road, Borehamwood WD6 1JN (“we”, “us”, “our”). References to “you” and “your” include the first named person on the booking and all persons on whose behalf a booking is made or any other person to whom a booking is added or transferred.

1. Holiday contract, law and jurisdiction

By making a booking, the first named person on the booking agrees on behalf of all persons detailed on the booking that: a. He/she has read these Booking Conditions and has the authority to and does agree to be bound by them; b. He/she consents to our use of personal data in accordance with our Privacy Policy and is authorised on behalf of all persons named on the booking to disclose their personal details to us, including where applicable special categories of data (such as information on health conditions or disabilities and dietary requirements); c. He/she is over 18 years of age and, where placing an order for services with age restrictions, declares that he/she and all members of the party are of the appropriate age to purchase those services; d. He/she accepts financial responsibility for payment of the booking on behalf of all persons detailed on the booking.

These Booking Conditions and any agreement to which they apply are governed in all respects by English law. We both agree that any dispute, claim or other matter which arises between us out of or in connection with your contract or booking will be dealt with by the Courts of England and Wales only. You may, however, choose the law and jurisdiction of Scotland or Northern Ireland if you live in those places and if you wish to do so. No variation to our contract with you shall be of any effect unless made in writing and with our authority.

2. Booking and paying for your holiday

When you book your holiday, you must pay the following non-refundable holiday deposit and any additional amount specified at the time of booking for additional requirements: Deposit Final balance due (per person) Holidays at our UK country houses (less than 7 nts) £150 6 weeks prior to departure Type of holiday

Holidays at our UK country houses

£200

6 weeks prior to departure 12 weeks prior to departure

European holidays

£250

Trails & Island-Hopping holidays (less than 7 nts)

£150

12 weeks prior to departure

Trails & Island-Hopping holidays (7 nts or more)

£250

12 weeks prior to departure

Worldwide holidays

£350

12 weeks prior to departure

Group bookings benefit from lower deposits in some cases; deposits will be confirmed at the time of booking.

A booking is made with us when you pay us a non-refundable deposit in accordance with the above table (or full payment if you are booking on or after the final balance due date specified above) and we issue you with a booking confirmation. We reserve the right to return your deposit and decline to issue a booking confirmation at our absolute discretion.

It is your responsibility to provide correct details at the time of booking, including ensuring all passenger details exactly match their passport information.

A binding contract will come into existence between you and us as soon as we have issued you with a booking confirmation that will confirm the details of your booking and will be sent to you or your travel agent. If your confirmed arrangements include an applicable flight, we (or if you booked via an authorised agent of ours, that agent) will also issue you with an ATOL Certificate.

Upon receipt of your booking confirmation and any other documents including ATOL Certificate, if you believe any documents are wrong then you must advise us immediately as changes may not be possible. We will have to pass on any additional charges that results from incorrect booking information being given to us.

The balance of the cost of your arrangements (including any applicable surcharge) is due by the final balance date stated above. If we do not receive this balance in full and on time, we reserve the right to treat your booking as cancelled by you in which case the cancellation charges set out in clause 7 will become payable.

Any money paid to an authorised agent of ours in respect of a booking covered by our ATOL is held by that agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust at all times, but subject to the agent’s obligation to pay it to us for so long as we do not fail financially.

If we do fail financially, any money held at that time by the agent or subsequently accepted from the consumer by the agent, is and continues to be held by that agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust without any obligation to pay that money to us.

3. Brochure and website accuracy

The information and prices in our brochures and website have been carefully checked and we believe they are correct at the time of publication. However, occasionally changes and errors can occur, and we reserve the right to make changes and/or correct any errors.

Such instances include: a) Advertised prices in print publications may have changed by the time you come to book your holiday; therefore, we may confirm a more up-to-date and correct price at the time of booking. b) For any bookings which have been made and where such errors do occur, we will contact you within 72 hours of you making your booking, to correct such errors. Where we have contacted you within the 72 hours to correct any errors, you will be given a choice to pay the correct price, or offered a refund.

We feel it is right to point out that advertised facilities may be subject to change by the various suppliers concerned. There may be occasions when an advertised facility or activity is not available during your holiday. This may be due to insufficient numbers, weather, operational or maintenance reasons. All hotel gradings are those provided by the countries concerned.

Walks and activities may be subject to variation or cancellation due to party size, weather, or operational considerations, and we cannot guarantee that a particular walk will operate during a holiday. We cannot guarantee that any specific leader or number of guests or leaders will be present on any holiday.

4. Promotional offers with HF Holidays

Unless stated on promotional materials, all offers sent from HF Holidays are for new bookings only and cannot be used retrospectively. Offers also exclude Group Bookings, Family Holidays, Festive Holidays and holidays already discounted by 50% or more.

All offers sent from HF Holidays are save ‘up to’ prices and subject to promotional availability on selected dates. Upgrade or double for sole occupancy supplements may also apply.

5. If you change your booking

If, after your booking has been confirmed, you wish to transfer to a different holiday or departure date, we will make every effort to satisfy your requirements; however, this may not always be possible. Any request to change arrangements must be made in writing by the person who made the booking, or their travel agent, before the final balance payment

164

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

date. You can amend your booking to the same holiday on a different date, or to a holiday of equivalent value, once.

If your amendment includes a change of travel date or location, your total holiday cost will be recalculated and based on the current advertised price. We cannot carry over previously applied promotions, except for the Welcome Home promo code, if applicable to your booking.

Where we can meet a request, all changes will be subject to payment of an administration fee of £40 per person per change, as well as any costs and charges incurred by us and/ or incurred or imposed by any of our suppliers in making this change. Costs could increase the closer to the departure date that changes are made and could be up to 100% of the holiday price.

If changes are requested after the final payment balance date of your booking, or if we are unable to assist you and you do not wish to proceed with the original booking, we will treat this as a cancellation by you. A cancellation fee may be payable in accordance with our booking conditions clause 7.

If you wish to make a change to your booking, please contact us as soon as possible.

6. Transfer of booking

If you wish to transfer your confirmed booking to another person, you can do so, provided that the following conditions are met: a. That person is introduced by you and satisfies all the conditions applicable to the holiday. b. We are notified not less than 7 days before departure. c. You pay any outstanding balance payment, an amendment fee of £40 per person transferring, as well as any additional fees, charges or other costs arising from the transfer; and d. The transferee agrees to these booking conditions and all other terms of the contract between us.

You, as transferor of the holiday, and the transferee shall be jointly and severally liable to us for the payment of the balance due, together with all additional charges of whatever sort imposed by the suppliers providing component parts of your holiday.

Important Note: Certain arrangements may not be amended or transferred after they have been confirmed and any alteration could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements.

7. If you cancel your booking

Should you, or any member of your party, decide to cancel your holiday booking you must advise us in writing, either by letter or by email or by calling us. To cancel by email, please send a copy of your cancellation letter along with the original email confirmation to cancellations@hfholidays.co.uk. A cancellation will take effect from the date that written notice is received at our office.

Should one or more member(s) of a party cancel, it may increase the per person holiday price of those still travelling and you will be liable to pay this increase.

As we incur costs in cancelling your arrangements you will have to pay the applicable cancellation charges shown in the table below – these show the proportion of the full holiday cost, including VAT, and are applicable to both individual and group bookings.

Period before departure in which you notify us of your cancellation Days more than 84 days 57-84 50-56 43-49 29-42 21-28 15-20 8-14 7 days or less

Proportion of the full holiday cost UK House Based Holidays Deposit Deposit Deposit Deposit Deposit 50% 70% 90% 100%

Europe Deposit 30% 50% 60% 70% 80% 100% 100% 100%

Trails & Worldwide Deposit 50% 50% 60% 70% 80% 100% 100% 100%

Important Note: Certain arrangements may not be amended after they have been confirmed and any alteration or cancellation could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements in addition to the charge above.

If you return home early from your holiday (or are unable to take part in the activity), we cannot refund the cost of any services you have not used. Depending on the circumstances you may be able to claim on your insurance.

Cancellation by you due to unavoidable & extraordinary circumstances: You may terminate the package travel contract at any time without paying a cancellation charge in the event of “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” occurring at the place of destination or its immediate vicinity which will significantly affect the performance of the holiday or carriage to your holiday destination. In these circumstances, we shall provide you with a full refund of the monies you have paid but we will not be liable to pay you any additional compensation. You must be able to show at the time you wish to cancel that there is no reasonable possibility of your trip going ahead, in order to rely on this condition.

For the purposes of this clause, “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” may include warfare, other serious security problems such as acts of terrorism, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination, or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which significantly affect travel to the travel destination, as agreed in the package travel contract.

This clause 7 outlines the rights you have if you wish to cancel your booking. Please note that there is no automatic statutory right of cancellation under the Consumer Contracts (Information, Cancellation and Additional Charges) Regulations 2013.

8. Your participation in the holiday

Participation on our walks and activities requires an appropriate level of fitness. We reserve the right not to accept participants on our walks and activities if, in the reasonable opinion of the leader, this would compromise the safety or enjoyment of an individual or the group as a whole.

If you or any member of your party has any medical problem or disability which may affect your booking, please provide us with full details before you make your booking so that we can try to advise you as to the suitability of your chosen arrangements. We may require you to produce a doctor’s certificate certifying that you are fit to participate.

Acting reasonably, if we are unable to properly accommodate the needs of the person(s) concerned, we will not confirm your booking or, if you did not give us full details at the time of booking, we will cancel it and impose applicable cancellation charges when we become aware of these details.

All our customers are expected to conduct themselves in an orderly and acceptable manner and not to disrupt the enjoyment of others. If in our opinion or in the opinion of any hotel manager or any other person in authority, your behaviour or that of any member of your party is causing or is likely to cause distress, danger or annoyance to any other customers or any third party, or damage to property, or to cause a delay or diversion to transportation, we reserve the right to terminate your booking with us immediately.

In the event of such termination our liability to you and/or your party will cease and you and/or your party will be required to leave your accommodation or other arrangements

and if there is time to do so before departure, we will offer you the choice of: (i) accepting the alteration, (ii) taking an alternative holiday (and where this is of a lower price, we will refund the difference), or (iii) withdrawing from the contract and accepting a full refund of all monies paid.

You must notify us of your choice within 7 days of our offer. If we do not hear from you within 7 days, we will contact you again to request notification of your choice. If you fail to respond again, we will assume that you have chosen to accept the change or alternative booking arrangements.

Children Participation

Period in which we notify you Before balance due date Between balance due date and up to 14 days before departure Less than 14 days before departure

In the UK children aged 15 and over may join walks with our groups without the need of a parent or legal guardian being present. The parent/legal guardian must give written consent for this to occur and make sure their child is fully aware of what they are signing up to do.

Children aged 14 and under must be accompanied at all times by a parent/legal guardian or someone acting in loco parentis.

9. Prices

Prices on our website are updated regularly. However, we: a. Reserve the right to alter the prices of any of our unsold holidays at any time; b. Are unable to honour prices where an obvious pricing error has been made; and c. Reserve the right to correct errors in the prices of confirmed holidays.

In any instance, we will advise you of the current price of the holiday before your booking is confirmed or contact you within 72 hours of the correct price, as per clause 3 above.

In addition, we also reserve the right to increase the price of confirmed holidays solely to allow for increases which are a direct consequence of changes in: a. The price of the carriage of passengers resulting from the cost of fuel or other power sources; b. The level of taxes or fees chargeable for services applicable to the holiday imposed by third parties not directly involved in the performance of the holiday, including tourist taxes, landing taxes or embarkation or disembarkation fees at ports and airports; and c. The exchange rates relevant to the package.

Such variations could include but are not limited to airline cost changes which are part of our contracts with airlines (and their agents), cruise ship operators, and any other transport providers.

However, if this means that you have to pay an increase of more than 8% of the price of your confirmed holiday (excluding any insurance premiums, amendment charges and/ or additional services or travel arrangements), you will have the option of accepting a change to another holiday if we are able to offer one (if this is of equivalent or higher quality you will not have to pay more but if it is of lower quality you will be refunded the difference in price), or cancelling and receiving a full refund of all monies paid to us, except for any insurance premiums and any amendment charges and/or additional services or travel arrangements. Should you decide to cancel for this reason, you must exercise your right to do so within 7 days from the issue date printed on your final invoice. We will consider an appropriate refund of insurance premiums paid if you can show that you are unable to transfer or reuse your policy.

Should the price of your holiday go down due to the changes mentioned above, then any refund due will be paid to you less an administrative fee of £10. However, please note that travel arrangements are not always purchased in local currency and some apparent changes have no impact on the price of your travel due to contractual and other protection in place. There will be no change made to the price of your confirmed holiday within 20 days of your departure nor will refunds be paid during this period.

A non-member fee of £30 per person will apply for all holidays and for all non-member passengers on the booking. Full membership is available for a minimum investment of 100 x £1 shares.

Please note, for any special requests or extra add-ons, additional charges and/or a higher and/or non-refundable deposit may be incurred. The total price will be notified to you before your booking is confirmed. Please see clause 16 for further details.

Children Pricing

We welcome accompanied children on all holidays, particularly our Family Holidays.

Costs for children joining non-Family holidays at our UK country houses are 50% of the advertised adult rate.

All children’s prices are based on sharing a bedroom with one or more adults and may include rooms with bunk beds. Please check at the time of booking. Children’s prices and terms for Europe Family Holidays may differ, and we will confirm the prices and terms at the time of your booking.

Promotional rates apply for children joining our Family holidays. For more information go to https://www.hfholidays.co.uk/offers/kids-go-free

10. If we alter your holiday plans

As we plan your holiday arrangements many months in advance, we may occasionally have to make changes or cancel your booking, and we reserve the right to do so at any time.

If we have to alter your holiday before departure, any alteration will either be significant or minor. Where an alteration is minor, we will, if practicable, advise you or your travel agent before departure, but we are not obliged to pay you compensation. Examples of minor changes include alteration of your outward/return flights by less than 12 hours, changes to aircraft type, change of accommodation to another of the same or higher standard, changes of carriers. Please note that carriers such as airlines used in the brochure may be subject to change.

Occasionally we may have to make a significant change to your confirmed arrangements.

Examples of “significant changes” include the following, when made before departure: a. A change of accommodation area for the whole or a significant part of your time away. b. A change of accommodation to that of a lower standard or classification for the whole or a significant part of your time away. c. A change of outward departure time or overall length of your arrangements by more than 12 hours. d. A change of UK departure airport except between: I. The London airports: Gatwick, Heathrow, Luton, Stansted, London City and Southend II. The South Coast airports: Southampton, Bournemouth III. The South Western airports: Cardiff, Bristol and Exeter IV. The Midlands airports: Birmingham and East Midlands V. The Northern airports: Liverpool, Manchester and Leeds Bradford VI. The North Eastern airports: Newcastle and Teesside VII. The Scottish airports: Edinburgh, Glasgow, Prestwick and Aberdeen e. A significant change to your itinerary, missing out one or more destination entirely.

If a significant alteration occurs, we will advise you as soon as is reasonably possible

11. Compensation

In addition to a full refund of all monies paid by you, we will pay you compensation as detailed below, in the following circumstances: a. If, where we make a significant change, you do not accept the changed arrangements and cancel your booking; b. If we cancel your booking and no alternative arrangements are available, the compensation that we offer does not exclude you from claiming more if you are entitled to do so.

Amount you will receive from us A full refund A full refund + £20 compensation per person

Booking terms and conditions

immediately. We will have no further obligations to you and/or your party. No refunds for lost accommodation or any other arrangements will be made, and we will not pay any expenses or costs incurred as a result of termination. You and/or your party may also be required to pay for loss and/or damage caused by your actions, and we will hold you and each member of your party jointly and individually liable for any damage or losses caused by you or any member of your party.

Full payment for any such damage or losses must be paid directly to the hotel manager or other supplier prior to departure. If you fail to make payment, you will be responsible for meeting any claims (including legal costs) subsequently made against us as a result of your actions together with all costs we incur in pursuing any claim against you.

We cannot be held responsible for the actions or behaviour of other guests or individuals who have no connection with your booking arrangements or with us.

If you or any of your party do not take up your accommodation within 24 hours of the date of arrival shown on your confirmation and do not contact us to notify us of the delay, it will be offered for re-letting and no refund will be offered.

Smoking, vaping and the charging of vaping units is prohibited at our UK country houses and on coaches.

A full refund + £30 compensation per person

*IMPORTANT NOTE: We will not pay you compensation in the following circumstances: a. Where we make a minor change; b. Where we make a significant change or cancel your arrangements before your balance due date; c. Where we make a significant change and you accept those changed arrangements or you accept an offer of alternative travel arrangements; d. Where we must cancel your arrangements as a result of your failure to make full payment on time; e. Where the change or cancellation by us arises out of alterations to the confirmed booking requested by you; f. Where we are forced to cancel or change your arrangements due to Events Beyond Our Control (see clause 13).

Where, after departure, a significant proportion of the services contracted for is or cannot be provided, you will have the choice of returning to your point of departure and receiving a pro rata refund for the cost of the remainder of your holiday or accepting alternative arrangements. Where those alternative arrangements are of a lower standard, we will provide you with an appropriate price reduction.

12. If we cancel your holiday

We make every endeavour to operate all of our holidays.

If we have to cancel your holiday, you will have the choice of (i) taking an alternative holiday (and where this is of a lower price we will refund the difference) or (ii) withdrawing from the contract and accepting a full refund of all monies paid. We shall not cancel a holiday or travel arrangements after the date when the payment of the balance becomes due, unless this is as a result of Events Beyond Our Control or failure by you to pay the final balance or because the minimum number required for the package to go ahead hasn’t been reached. The minimum number required will be provided to you prior to booking.

13. Events beyond our control

We will not be liable or pay you compensation if our contractual obligations to you are affected by “Events Beyond Our Control”. For the purposes of these Booking Conditions, Events Beyond Our Control means any event beyond our or our supplier’s control, the consequences of which could not have been avoided even if all reasonable measures had been taken. Examples include warfare and acts of terrorism (and threat thereof), civil strife, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination, epidemics, pandemics (including the ongoing effects of the Covid-19 pandemic) or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which make it impossible to travel safely to the travel destination or remain at the travel destination, the act of any government or other national or local authority including port or river authorities, industrial dispute, labour strikes, lock closure, natural or nuclear disaster, fire, chemical or biological disaster, unavoidable technical problems with transport and all similar events outside our or the supplier(s) concerned control.

14.Travel and transport

We make group flight bookings for our holidays in advance. Once these seats have been filled, extra seats are requested on a booking-by-booking basis. Sometimes there may be the need for a further supplement to be paid in addition to any holiday costs shown in our brochure. This is beyond our control and comes from the airline provider and in such cases, clause 22 (Conditions of Suppliers) will apply. Any additional supplements will be quoted at the time of confirming your booking.

15. Your insolvency protection

1. We provide financial security for flight-inclusive packages and ATOL protected flights by way of our Air Travel Organiser’s Licence number 0710, issued by the Civil Aviation Authority, Gatwick Airport South, West Sussex, RH6 0YR, UK, telephone 0333 103 6350, email: claims@caa.co.uk. When you buy an ATOL protected flight or flight inclusive package from us you will receive an ATOL Certificate. This lists what is financially protected, where you can get information on what this means for you and who to contact if things go wrong.

We, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate, will provide you with the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a suitable alternative). In some cases, where neither we nor the supplier are able to do so for reasons of insolvency, an alternative ATOL holder may provide you with the services you have bought (at no extra cost to you). You agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in some cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL holder, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under the ATOL Scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable).

If we, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate, are unable to provide the services listed (or a suitable alternative, through an alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for reasons of insolvency, the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may make a payment to (or confer a benefit on) you under the ATOL Scheme. You agree that in return for such a payment or benefit you assign absolutely to those Trustees any claims which you have or may have arising out of or relating to the non-provision of the services, including any claim against us, the travel agent (or your credit card issuer where applicable). You also agree that any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that other body has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL Scheme.

2. We provide full financial protection for our package holidays which don’t include flights, by way of a bond held by ABTOT (The Association of Bonded Travel Organisers Trust Limited), membership number 5008, 69 Leadenhall Street, London, EC3A 2BG, 020 7065 5311, membership@abtot.com. ABTOT provides financial protection under The Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018 for HF Holidays Ltd, and in the event of our insolvency, protection is provided for non-flight packages. ABTOT cover provides for a refund in the event you have not yet travelled or repatriation if transportation was included in your package. Please note that bookings made outside the UK are only protected by ABTOT when purchased directly with HF Holidays Ltd, company number IP05713R.

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

165

Privacy policy/Booking terms and conditions

ABTOT

In the unlikely event that you require assistance whilst abroad due to our financial failure, please call ABTOT’s 24/7 helpline on 01702 811397 and advise you are a customer of an ABTOT protected travel company. You can access The Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018 here: https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2018/634/contents/made You can find out more about ABTOT here: https://www.abtot.com/

16. Our responsibility

1. We will accept responsibility for the arrangements we agree to provide or arrange for you as an “organiser” under the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018, as set out below and as such, we are responsible for the proper provision of all travel services specifically included in your package, as set out in your confirmation invoice and the information we provided to you regarding the services prior to booking. Please note that we shall not be responsible for any additional services provided to you, whether provided by the travel service providers or otherwise, which are not set out in your confirmation invoice and the information we provided to you.

2. We will not be responsible or pay you compensation for any personal injury or death unless you are able to prove that it was caused by our negligence or the negligence of our suppliers.

3. We will not be responsible or pay you compensation for any injury, illness, death, loss, damage, expense, cost or other claim of any description if it results from: a. The acts and/or omissions of the person affected; or b. The acts and/or omissions of a third party unconnected with the provision of the services contracted for and which were unavoidable and extraordinary; or c. Events Beyond Our Control (as defined in clause 13).

4. We limit the amount of compensation we may have to pay you if we are found liable under this clause: a. Loss of and/or damage to any luggage or personal possessions and money: the maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is an amount equivalent to the excess on your insurance policy which applies to this type of loss per person in total because you are required to have adequate insurance in place to cover any losses of this kind. b. Claims not falling under (3a) above and which don’t involve injury, illness or death: the maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is up to three times the price paid by or on behalf of the person(s) affected in total. This maximum amount will only be payable where everything has gone wrong and you or your party has not received any benefit at all from your booking. c. Claims in respect of international travel by air, sea and rail, or any stay in a hotel: I. The extent of our liability will in all cases be limited as if we were carriers under the appropriate Conventions, which include The Warsaw/Montreal Convention (international travel by air); The Athens Convention (with respect to sea travel); The Berne/Cotif Convention (with respect to rail travel) and The Paris Convention (with respect to hotel arrangements). You can ask for copies of these Conventions from our offices. Please contact us. In addition, you agree that the operating carrier or transport company’s own ‘Conditions of Carriage’ will apply to you on that journey. When arranging transportation for you, we rely on the terms and conditions contained within these international Conventions and those ‘Conditions of Carriage’. You acknowledge that all of the terms and conditions contained in those ‘Conditions of Carriage’ form part of your contract with us, as well as with the transport company and that those ‘Conditions of Carriage’ shall be deemed to be included by reference into this contract.

II. In any circumstances in which a carrier is liable to you by virtue of the Denied Boarding Regulation 2004, any liability we may have to you under our contract with you, arising out of the same facts, is limited to the remedies provided under the Regulation as if (for this purpose only) we were a carrier.

III.When making any payment, we are entitled to deduct any money which you have received or are entitled to receive from the transport provider or hotelier for the complaint or claim in question.

5. Subject to these Booking Conditions, if we or our suppliers negligently perform or arrange those services set out in the confirmation invoice and the information we provided to you regarding the services prior to booking and we don’t remedy or resolve your complaint within a reasonable period of time, and this has affected the enjoyment of your package holiday you may be entitled to an appropriate price reduction or compensation or both. You must inform us without undue delay of any failure to perform or improper performance of the travel services included in this package. The level of any such price reduction or compensation in respect of any claim for damages or compensation whatsoever will be calculated taking into consideration all relevant factors such as but not limited to: following the complaints procedure as described in these Booking Conditions and the extent to which ours or our employees’ or suppliers’ negligence affected the overall enjoyment of your holiday. Please note that it is your responsibility to show that we or our supplier(s) have been negligent if you wish to make a claim against us.

6. It is a condition of our acceptance of liability under this clause that you notify any claim to us and our supplier(s) strictly in accordance with the complaints procedure set out in these conditions.

7. Where any payment is made, the person(s) receiving it (and their parent or guardian if under 18 years) must also assign to us or our insurers any rights they may have to pursue any third party and must provide ourselves and our insurers with all assistance we may reasonably require.

8. Please note, we cannot accept any liability for any damage, loss or expense or other sum(s) of any description: a. Which, on the basis of the information given to us by you concerning your booking prior to our accepting it, we could not have foreseen you would suffer or incur if we breached our contract with you; or b. Relate to any business; or c. Indirect or consequential loss of any kind.

9. We will not accept responsibility for services or facilities which do not form part of our agreement or where they are not advertised in our brochure or on our website. For

Privacy policy

Our website privacy policy contains more detailed information about our data processing (including about data security, data retention and lawful processing bases) and you should read that in conjunction with this privacy notice. See hfholidays.co.uk/privacypolicy. If you do not have access to the internet, you can ask us to send you a printed copy by contacting us, details of how to are listed below.

The majority of personal data we collect will be directly from you. However, we will also collate some information about your engagement with our organisation and technical data, profile data, usage data and marketing and communications data. How you can understand more about the categories of data we process is explained in our website privacy policy.

We will only use your personal data for the purpose for which we collected it, which includes to register you as a new customer or member, to process and complete your holiday bookings; to manage your relationship with us; to enable you to participate in a prize draw, competition or to complete a survey; to improve our website, products or services; to administer marketing or customer relationships including to recommend

166

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

example, any excursion you book whilst away, or any service or facility which your hotel or any other supplier agrees to provide for you.

10. Where it is impossible for you to return to your departure point as per the agreed return date of your package, due to “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances”, we shall provide you with any necessary accommodation (where possible, of a comparable standard) for a period not exceeding three nights per person. Please note that the 3-night cap does not apply to persons with reduced mobility, pregnant women or unaccompanied minors, nor to persons needing specific medical assistance, provided we have been notified of these particular needs at least 48 hours before the start of your holiday. For the purposes of this clause, “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” mean warfare, acts of terrorism, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination, or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which make it impossible to travel safely back to your departure point.

17. Special requests and add-ons

Any special requests must be advised to us at the time of booking e.g. diet, room location, a particular facility at a hotel etc. You should then confirm your requests in writing. Whilst every effort will be made by us to try and arrange your reasonable special requests, we cannot guarantee that they will be fulfilled. The fact that a special request has been noted on your confirmation invoice or any other documentation or that it has been passed on to the supplier is not confirmation that the request will be met. Failure to meet any special request will not be a breach of contract on our part unless the request has been specifically confirmed by us. We do not accept bookings that are conditional upon any special request being met.

We may provide you the option to request extras in addition to our standard packages (‘add-on(s)’). Such add-on(s) options may include extensions, extra accommodation, upgrades and/or domestic flights, but will vary depending on when you make a booking with us. Such add-on(s) may result in a higher non-refundable deposit and/or nonrefundable charges in addition to our standard package and you will be notified of the total price of your holiday before your booking is confirmed. Please note that where a flight upgrade has been booked and there is a change of airline prior to your departure date it may not be possible to offer an equivalent upgrade or there may be an additional cost payable (we will refund you the difference if the upgrade with the new airline is of a lower value). In this situation, we will offer you the opportunity to revert to economy class and refund you the cost of the upgrade, pay any additional costs for the equivalent upgrade or cancel with a full refund of all monies paid. Compensation will not be payable.

18. Disabilities and medical problems

We will do our utmost to cater for any special requirements you may have. If you or any member of your party has any medical condition you must provide us with full details before you make your booking so we can try to advise you as to the suitability of your chosen arrangements. If any further health conditions arise before your travel date, please let us know as soon as you can. We may require a doctor’s certificate to confirm that you are fit to participate.

Acting reasonably, if we are unable to properly accommodate the needs of the person(s) concerned, we will not confirm your booking or if you did not give us full details at the time of booking, we will cancel it and impose applicable cancellation charges when we become aware of these details.

19. Entry, passport, visa and immigration requirements, safety and health formalities

We can only provide general information regarding the entry, passport, visa, immigration requirements and safety and health formalities applicable to your itinerary. It is your responsibility to check such requirements (in good time before departure) in order to make your decisions to fulfil such requirements regarding your destination and/or the country(ies) through which you may be transiting.

Such information which you may need to check includes (but is not limited to) passport requirements including (but not limited to) how valid your passport must be after return date, whether your passport must be machine readable or which visas/waivers may be required for entry such as ESTA for USA travel and/or ETIAS for EU travel).

You must check requirements for your own specific circumstances with the relevant bodies as applicable. We have provided a few useful resources below, though it is your responsibility to check and see if such a body would be relevant to yourself.

• The Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office (“FCDO”, https://www.gov.uk/ travelaware) (applicable to UK residents); • UK Passport Office (0870 5210410 or https://www.gov.uk/browse/citizenship).

• Embassies, High Commission and/or Consulates; • Own doctor.

For UK residents booking European travel you should obtain a UK Global Health Insurance Card (UK GHIC) prior to departure unless you are able to rely upon an existing European Health Insurance Card (EHIC). For travel to Norway, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Switzerland, UK GHIC and EHIC cannot be used for medical treatment. Passengers to these destinations should obtain comprehensive medical insurance prior to departure, including cover for emergency medical treatment and associated costs.

We do not accept any responsibility if you cannot travel or incur any other loss because you have not complied with any entry, passport, visa, immigration requirements or safety and health formalities. You agree to reimburse us in relation to any fines or other losses which we incur as a result of your failure to comply with any entry passport, visa, immigration requirements or safety and health formalities.

20. Insurance

Adequate travel insurance is mandatory for everyone travelling on a holiday with us and is a condition of booking (UK and overseas holidays). You must be satisfied that your insurance fully covers all your personal requirements including pre-existing medical conditions, cancellation charges, medical expenses and repatriation in the event of accident or illness. If you choose to travel without adequate insurance cover, we will not be liable for any losses howsoever arising, in respect of which insurance cover would otherwise have been available.

All booking conditions will be subject to the booking conditions on our website. Please visit hfholidays.co.uk/booking-conditions to view our booking conditions in full.

products or services which may be of interest to you.

We may share your personal data with external third parties such as our suppliers and we may transfer, store, and process your personal data outside the UK. More detail can be found in our website privacy policy.

For details of your rights under data protection laws, including the right to receive a copy of the personal data we hold about you and the right to make a complaint at any time to the Information Commissioner’s Office, the UK regulator for data protection issues (www.ico.org.uk), please see our website privacy policy.

If you would like a printed copy of our full privacy policy please contact: Holiday Services, HF Holidays Ltd, 1st Floor Unit 1, Imperial Place, Maxwell Road, Borehamwood, WD6 1JN or email us at holidayservices@hfholidays.co.uk If you have any questions about this privacy notice or our data protection practices, our contact details are: Master Data Manager, HF Holidays Ltd, 1st Floor Unit 1, Imperial Place, Maxwell Road, Borehamwood, WD6 1JN or email us at datarequest@hfholidays.co.uk

Be part of something special Join our community of 48,000 members who share a love for fresh air, friendship, and the great outdoors. As a co-operative, we put our members at the heart of everything we do, ensuring your holiday experience reflects the values you care about.

Become a member l l l

Join a close-knit community Invest in the future of shared outdoor experiences Save on every holiday

When you become a member, you’ll be rewarded with exclusive benefits; from helping to decide the way things are done to enjoying a wealth of special offers and discounts.

To find out more and save £30 on every holiday visit hfholidays.co.uk/membership or email membership@hfholidays.co.uk

Book online at hfholidays.co.uk | Call 020 3974 8865

167

Over 110 years of walking and activity holidays

“The holiday matched completely my expectations. The walking tours were amazing and well organised. There was everyday the possibility of choosing among different options with different levels of difficulty. The leaders prepared and friendly. The accommodation was good as well as the food. The staff of HF Holidays always polite and helpful. The leaders also organised activities for the evenings after dinner. I really appreciated the fact that the guests came from different countries, even overseas. From the point of view of socialising there was a very pleasant and interesting atmosphere.”

HF Holidays Guest

Ao Nang Beach, Thailand (See page 159)

Get in touch

Call 020 3974 8865 | Email reservations@hfholidays.co.uk Browse over 260 holidays online at hfholidays.co.uk We're open Monday to Friday from 9am until 5.30pm and from 9am to 1pm on Saturdays and Bank Holidays

© 2024 HF Holidays Limited.